US20080058306A1 - Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitors(s) and treatments for vascular indications - Google Patents
Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitors(s) and treatments for vascular indications Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20080058306A1 US20080058306A1 US11/897,227 US89722707A US2008058306A1 US 20080058306 A1 US20080058306 A1 US 20080058306A1 US 89722707 A US89722707 A US 89722707A US 2008058306 A1 US2008058306 A1 US 2008058306A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- alkyl
- group
- aryl
- substituted
- independently selected
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 0 *C([1*])(CC)CC([2*])([3*])CC1C(=O)N(C)C1C Chemical compound *C([1*])(CC)CC([2*])([3*])CC1C(=O)N(C)C1C 0.000 description 97
- WNXJIVFYUVYPPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N C1COCO1 Chemical compound C1COCO1 WNXJIVFYUVYPPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KAKOUNRRKSHVJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC.CC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC.CC1=CC=CC=C1 KAKOUNRRKSHVJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PPZTYYYBPYYPRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.C.CC(C)C.CCC.CO Chemical compound C.C.CC(C)C.CCC.CO PPZTYYYBPYYPRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OLNTVTPDXPETLC-XPWALMASSA-N O=C1[C@H](CC[C@H](O)C2=CC=C(F)C=C2)[C@@H](C2=CC=C(O)C=C2)N1C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 Chemical compound O=C1[C@H](CC[C@H](O)C2=CC=C(F)C=C2)[C@@H](C2=CC=C(O)C=C2)N1C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 OLNTVTPDXPETLC-XPWALMASSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HAXFOIXQNPWRFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N B#[C-]=C(C)C.C Chemical compound B#[C-]=C(C)C.C HAXFOIXQNPWRFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SIRDTOZTQYMBKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.CC(C)C.CCC.CO Chemical compound C.CC(C)C.CCC.CO SIRDTOZTQYMBKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- INLNROGRXAYZLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C(C(C1[AlH2])P)N1[AlH2] Chemical compound O=C(C(C1[AlH2])P)N1[AlH2] INLNROGRXAYZLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FTXKQMLRYCLGJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N BC=C(C)C Chemical compound BC=C(C)C FTXKQMLRYCLGJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PTEFTEBWIQFICD-UHFFFAOYSA-N BC=C(C)C.C Chemical compound BC=C(C)C.C PTEFTEBWIQFICD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BLJDUNRJRVWDIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.C.C.CC(C)C.CCC.CO Chemical compound C.C.C.CC(C)C.CCC.CO BLJDUNRJRVWDIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VUKUTTUOHVHZOR-LASOXGJVSA-N CC(=O)OC[C@H]1OC(C)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H]1OC1O[C@H](COC(C)=O)[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O.CC1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](OC2O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](OC(=O)NC3=CC=CC=C3F)[C@H](O)[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O Chemical compound CC(=O)OC[C@H]1OC(C)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H]1OC1O[C@H](COC(C)=O)[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O.CC1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](OC2O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](OC(=O)NC3=CC=CC=C3F)[C@H](O)[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O VUKUTTUOHVHZOR-LASOXGJVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YGRBYUIFAHFYSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)C.CCC.CO Chemical compound CC(C)C.CCC.CO YGRBYUIFAHFYSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ANVRSCYDIDPBTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(CCC1C(=O)N(C2=CC=C(F)C=C2)C1C1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(CCC1C(=O)N(C2=CC=C(F)C=C2)C1C1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 ANVRSCYDIDPBTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JZAGBYBENXHUGY-CTDHFVNXSA-N CC1O[C@H](C)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)[C@H]1C.CC1O[C@H](C)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)[C@H]1C.CCC1CC(C)[C@H](C)[C@@H](C)[C@@H]1C Chemical compound CC1O[C@H](C)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)[C@H]1C.CC1O[C@H](C)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)[C@H]1C.CCC1CC(C)[C@H](C)[C@@H](C)[C@@H]1C JZAGBYBENXHUGY-CTDHFVNXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DKOCLPMOBRJWQE-LRYYTSBKSA-N CC1O[C@H](C)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)[C@H]1C.CC1O[C@H](C)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)[C@H]1C.CCC1OC(C)[C@H](C)[C@@H](C)[C@@H]1C Chemical compound CC1O[C@H](C)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)[C@H]1C.CC1O[C@H](C)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)[C@H]1C.CCC1OC(C)[C@H](C)[C@@H](C)[C@@H]1C DKOCLPMOBRJWQE-LRYYTSBKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PUAJQWLWUDGDLO-UNOAVLERSA-N CC1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](OC2O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](OC(=O)NC3=CC=CC=C3F)[C@H](O)[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O Chemical compound CC1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](OC2O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](OC(=O)NC3=CC=CC=C3F)[C@H](O)[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O PUAJQWLWUDGDLO-UNOAVLERSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OHACMJAMDKRMSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC=NC Chemical compound CC=NC OHACMJAMDKRMSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GELSIQGUDATRBL-QBUHMUQLSA-N O=C(O)[C@H]1CC(O[C@@H](CCC2C(=O)N(C3=CC=C(F)C=C3)C2C2=CC=C(O)C=C2)C2=CC=C(F)C=C2)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O Chemical compound O=C(O)[C@H]1CC(O[C@@H](CCC2C(=O)N(C3=CC=C(F)C=C3)C2C2=CC=C(O)C=C2)C2=CC=C(F)C=C2)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GELSIQGUDATRBL-QBUHMUQLSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
- A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/02—Halogenated hydrocarbons
- A61K31/025—Halogenated hydrocarbons carbocyclic
- A61K31/03—Halogenated hydrocarbons carbocyclic aromatic
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/045—Hydroxy compounds, e.g. alcohols; Salts thereof, e.g. alcoholates
- A61K31/05—Phenols
- A61K31/055—Phenols the aromatic ring being substituted by halogen
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/16—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
- A61K31/165—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/21—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates
- A61K31/215—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids
- A61K31/216—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids of acids having aromatic rings, e.g. benactizyne, clofibrate
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/397—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having four-membered rings, e.g. azetidine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
- A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/04—Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
Definitions
- the present invention relates to compositions and therapeutic combinations comprising peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and certain sterol absorption inhibitor(s) for treating vascular and lipidemic conditions such as are associated with atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia and other vascular conditions in mammals.
- PPAR peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor
- Atherosclerotic coronary heart disease represents the major cause for death and vascular morbidity in the western world. Risk factors for atherosclerotic coronary heart disease include hypertension, diabetes mellitus, family history, male gender, cigarette smoke and serum cholesterol. A total cholesterol level in excess of 225-250 mg/dl is associated with significant elevation of risk of CHD.
- Cholesteryl esters are a major component of atherosclerotic lesions and the major storage form of cholesterol in arterial wall cells. Formation of cholesteryl esters is also a step in the intestinal absorption of dietary cholesterol. Thus, inhibition of cholesteryl ester formation and reduction of serum cholesterol can inhibit the progression of atherosclerotic lesion formation, decrease the accumulation of cholesteryl esters in the arterial wall, and block the intestinal absorption of dietary cholesterol.
- the regulation of whole-body cholesterol homeostasis in mammals and animals involves the regulation of dietary cholesterol and modulation of cholesterol biosynthesis, bile acid biosynthesis and the catabolism of the cholesterol-containing plasma lipoproteins.
- the liver is the major organ responsible for cholesterol biosynthesis and catabolism and, for this reason, it is a prime determinant of plasma cholesterol levels.
- the liver is the site of synthesis and secretion of very low density lipoproteins (VLDL) which are subsequently metabolized to low density lipoproteins (LDL) in the circulation.
- VLDL very low density lipoproteins
- LDL low density lipoproteins
- LDL are the predominant cholesterol-carrying lipoproteins in the plasma and an increase in their concentration is correlated with increased atherosclerosis.
- Fibric acid derivatives (“fibrates”), such as fenofibrate, gemfibrozil and clofibrate, have been used to lower triglycerides, moderately lower LDL levels and increase HDL levels. Fibric acid derivatives are also known to be peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor alpha activators.
- PCT Patent Application No. WO 00/38725 discloses cardiovascular therapeutic combinations including an ileal bile acid transport inhibitor or cholesteryl ester transport protein inhibitor in combination with a fibric acid derivative, nicotinic acid derivative, microsomal triglyceride transfer protein inhibitor, cholesterol absorption antagonist, phytosterol, stanol, antihypertensive agent or bile acid sequestrant.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,698,527 discloses ergostanone derivatives substituted with disaccharides as cholesterol absorption inhibitors, employed alone or in combination with certain other cholesterol lowering agents, which are useful in the treatment of hypercholesterolemia and related disorders.
- the present invention provides a composition
- a composition comprising: (a) at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (I): or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (I) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (I) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein in Formula (I) above:
- Ar 1 and Ar 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl and R 4 -substituted aryl;
- Ar 3 is aryl or R 5 -substituted aryl
- X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 —, —CH(lower alkyl)- and —C(dilower alkyl)-;
- R and R 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of —OR 6 , —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 and —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 ;
- R 1 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl;
- q is 0 or 1
- r is 0 or 1;
- n, p are independently selected from 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; provided that at least one of q and r is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, q and r is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and provided that when p is 0 and r is 1, the sum of m, q and n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- R 4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, —OR 6 , —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-5 OR 6 , —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)OR 9 , —NR 6 (CO)NR 7 R 8 , —NR 6 SO 2 R 9 , —COOR 6 , —CONR 6 R 7 , —COR 6 , —SO 2 NR 6 R 7 , S(O) 0-2 R 9 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 —COOR 6 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 CONR 6 R 7 , -(lower alkylene)COOR 6 , —CH ⁇ CH—COOR 6 , —CF 3 , —CN, —NO 2 and halogen;
- R 5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —OR 6 , —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-5 OR 6 , —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)OR 9 , —NR 6 (CO)NR 7 R 8 , —NR 6 SO 2 R 9 , —COOR 6 , —CONR 6 R 7 , —COR 6 , —SO 2 NR 6 R 7 , S(O) 0-2 R 6 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 COOR 6 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 CONR 6 R 7 , -(lower alkylene)COOR 6 and —CH ⁇ CH—COOR 6 ;
- R 6 , R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl;
- R 9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl.
- composition comprising: (a) at least one fibric acid derivative; and (b) a compound represented by Formula (II) below: or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or prodrug of the compound of Formula (II) or of the salt or solvate thereof.
- the present invention provides a composition
- a composition comprising: (a) at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (III): or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (III) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (III) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (III) above:
- Ar 1 is R 3 -substituted aryl
- Ar 2 is R 4 -substituted aryl
- Ar 3 is R 5 -substituted aryl
- Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 —, —CH(lower alkyl)- and —C(dilower alkyl)-;
- A is selected from —O—, —S—, —S(O)— or —S(O) 2 —;
- R 1 is selected from the group consisting of —OR, —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 and —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 ;
- R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl; or R 1 and R 2 together are ⁇ O;
- q 1, 2 or 3;
- p 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- R 5 is 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —OR 6 , —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-5 OR 9 , —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)OR 9 , —NR 6 (CO)NR 7 R 8 , —NR 6 SO 2 -lower alkyl, —NR 6 SO 2 -aryl, —CONR 6 R 7 , —COR 6 , —SO 2 NR 6 R 7 , S(O) 0-2 -alkyl, S(O) 0-2 -aryl, —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 —COOR, —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 CONR 6 R 7 , o-halogeno, m-halogeno, o-lower alkyl, m-lower alkyl, -
- R 3 and R 4 are independently 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of R 5 , hydrogen, p-lower alkyl, aryl, —NO 2 , —CF 3 and p-halogeno;
- R 6 , R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl;
- R 9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl.
- the present invention provides a composition
- a composition comprising: (a) at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (IV): or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IV) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (IV) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (IV) above:
- A is selected from the group consisting of R 2 -substituted heterocycloalkyl, R 2 -substituted heteroaryl, R 2 -substituted benzofused heterocycloalkyl, and R 2 -substituted benzofused heteroaryl;
- Ar 1 is aryl or R 3 -substituted aryl
- Ar 2 is aryl or R 4 -substituted aryl
- Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the spiro group
- R 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
- R 1 also can be selected from:
- M is —O—, —S—, —S(O)— or —S(O) 2 —;
- X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 —, —CH(C 1 -C 6 alkyl)- and —C(di-(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl);
- R 10 and R 12 are independently selected from the group consisting of —OR 14 , —O(CO)R 14 , —O(CO)OR 16 and —O(CO)NR 14 R 15 ;
- R 11 and R 13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl and aryl; or R 10 and R 11 together are ⁇ O, or R 12 and R 13 together are ⁇ O;
- d is 1, 2 or 3;
- h 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- v 0 or 1
- j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
- R 2 is 1-3 substituents on the ring carbon atoms selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1 -C 10 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 10 )alkenyl, (C 2 -C 10 )alkynyl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkenyl, R 17 -substituted aryl, R 17 -substituted benzyl, R 17 -substituted benzyloxy, R 17 -substituted aryloxy, halogeno, —NR 14 R 15 , NR 14 R 15 (C 1 -C 6 alkylene)-, NR 14 R 15 C(O)(C 1 -C 6 alkylene)-, —NHC(O)R 16 , OH, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, —OC(O)R 16 , —COR 14 , hydroxy(C 1
- J is —O—, —NH—, —NR 18 — or —CH 2 —;
- R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, —OR 14 , —O(CO)R 14 , —O(CO)OR 16 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-5 OR 14 , —O(CO)NR 14 R 15 , —NR 14 R 15 , —NR 14 (CO)R 15 , —NR 14 (CO)OR 16 , —NR 14 (CO)NR 15 R 19 , —NR 14 SO 2 R 16 , —COOR 14 , —CONR 14 R 15 , —COR 14 , —SO 2 NR 14 R 15 , S(O) 0-2 R 16 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 —COOR 14 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 CONR 14 R 15 , —(C 1 -C 6 alkylene)-COOR 14 , —CH ⁇ CH—COOR 14 ,
- R 8 is hydrogen, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, —C(O)R 14 or —COOR 14 ;
- R 9 and R 17 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy, —COOH, NO 2 , —NR 14 R 15 , OH and halogeno;
- R 14 and R 15 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl;
- R 16 is (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl or R 17 -substituted aryl;
- R 18 is hydrogen or (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl
- R 19 is hydrogen, hydroxy or (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy.
- the present invention provides a composition
- a composition comprising: (a) at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (V): or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (V) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (V) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (V) above:
- Ar 1 is aryl, R 10 -substituted aryl or heteroaryl
- Ar 2 is aryl or R 4 -substituted aryl
- Ar 3 is aryl or R 5 -substituted aryl
- X and Y are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 —, —CH(lower alkyl)- and —C(dilower alkyl)-;
- R is —OR 6 , —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 or —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 ;
- R 1 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or aryl; or R and R 1 together are ⁇ O;
- q is 0 or 1
- r 0, 1 or 2;
- n and n are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; provided that the sum of m, n and q is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- R 4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, —OR 6 , —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-5 OR 6 , —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)OR 9 , —NR 6 (CO)NR 7 R 8 , —NR 6 SO 2 R 9 , —COOR 6 , —CONR 6 R 7 , —COR 6 , —SO 2 NR 6 R 7 , S(O) 0-2 R 9 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 —COOR 6 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 CONR 6 R 7 , -(lower alkylene)COOR 6 and —CH ⁇ CH—COOR 6 ;
- R 5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —OR 6 , —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-5 OR 6 , —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)OR 9 , —NR 6 (CO)NR 7 R 8 , —NR 6 SO 2 R 9 , —COOR 6 , —CONR 6 R 7 , —COR 6 , —SO 2 NR 6 R 7 , S(O) 0-2 R 9 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 —COOR 6 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 CONR 6 R 7 , —CF 3 , —CN, —NO 2 , halogen, -(lower alkylene)COOR 6 and —CH ⁇ CH—COOR 6 ;
- R 6 , R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl;
- R 9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl
- R 10 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, —OR 6 , —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-5 OR 6 , —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)OR 9 , —NR 6 (CO)NR 7 R 8 , —NR 6 SO 2 R 9 , —COOR 6 , —CONR 6 R 7 , —COR 6 , —SO 2 NR 6 R 7 , —S(O) 0-2 R 9 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 —COOR 6 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 CONR 6 R 7 , —CF 3 , —CN, —NO 2 and halogen.
- the present invention provides a composition
- a composition comprising: (a) at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (VI): or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VI) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VI) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein in Formula (VI) above:
- R 4 is selected from B—(CH 2 ) m C(O)—, wherein m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; B—(CH 2 ) q —, wherein q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; B—(CH 2 ) e -Z-(CH 2 ) r —, wherein Z is —O—, —C(O)—, phenylene, —N(R 8 )— or —S(O) 0-2 —, e is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of e and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; B—(C 2 -C 6 alkenylene)-; B—(C 4 -C 6 alkadienylene)-; B—(CH 2 ) t -Z-(C 2 -C 6 alkenylene)-, wherein Z is as defined above, and wherein t is 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided that the sum of t
- B is selected from indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, heteroaryl or W-substituted heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl and furanyl, and for nitrogen-containing heteroaryls, the N-oxides thereof, or
- W is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, hydroxy lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, (lower alkoxyimino)-lower alkyl, lower alkanedioyl, lower alkyl lower alkanedioyl, allyloxy, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , benzyl, R 7 -benzyl, benzyloxy, R 7 -benzyloxy, phenoxy, R 7 -phenoxy, dioxolanyl, NO 2 , —N(R 8 )(R 9 ), N(R 8 )(R 9 )-lower alkylene-, N(R 8 )(R 9 )-lower alkylenyloxy-, OH, halogeno, —CN, —N 3 , —NHC(O)OR 10 , —NH
- R 7 is 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, —COOH, NO 2 , —N(R 8 )(R 9 ), OH, and halogeno;
- R 8 and R 9 are independently selected from H or lower alkyl
- R 10 is selected from lower alkyl, phenyl, R 7 -phenyl, benzyl or R 7 -benzyl;
- R 11 is selected from OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, R 7 -phenyl or R 7 -benzyl;
- R 12 is selected from H, OH, alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, —N(R 8 )(R 9 ), lower alkyl, phenyl or R 7 -phenyl;
- R 13 is selected from —O—, —CH 2 —, —NH—, —N(lower alkyl)- or —NC(O)R 19 ;
- R 15 , R 16 and R 17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and the groups defined for W; or R 15 is hydrogen and R 16 and R 17 , together with adjacent carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a dioxolanyl ring;
- R 19 is H, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl lower alkyl
- R 20 and R 21 are independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, W-substituted naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzodioxolyl, heteroaryl, W-substituted heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl, W-substituted benzofused heteroaryl and cyclopropyl, wherein heteroaryl is as defined above.
- the present invention provides a composition
- a composition comprising: (a) at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and(b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (VII): or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VII) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VII) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein in Formula (VII) above:
- A is —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C— or —(CH 2 ) p — wherein p is 0, 1 or 2;
- E is C 10 to C 20 alkyl or —C(O)—(C 9 to C 19 )-alkyl, wherein the alkyl is straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds;
- R is hydrogen, C 1 -C 15 alkyl, straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds, or B—(CH 2 ) r —, wherein r is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
- R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, —NHC(O)OR 5 , R 6 O 2 SNH— and —S(O) 2 NH 2 ;
- R 4 is wherein n is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
- R 5 is lower alkyl; and R 6 is OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl or substituted phenyl wherein the substituents are 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino and dilower alkylamino.
- the present invention provides a composition
- a composition comprising: (a) at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (VIII): or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VIII) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VIII) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (VIII) above,
- R 26 is H or OG 1 ;
- G and G 1 are independently selected from the group consisting of provided that when R 26 is H or OH, G is not H;
- R, R a and R b are independently selected from the group consisting of H, —OH, halogeno, —NH 2 , azido, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy(C 1 -C 6 )-alkoxy or —W—R 30 ;
- W is independently selected from the group consisting of —NH—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—N(R 31 )—, —NH—C(O)—N(R 31 )— and —O—C(S)—N(R 31 )—;
- R 2 and R 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl and aryl(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl;
- R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 7 , R 3a and R 4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, —C(O)(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl and —C(O)aryl;
- R 30 is selected from the group consisting of R 32 -substituted T, R 32 -substituted-T-(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, R 32 -substituted-(C 2 -C 4 )alkenyl, R 32 -substituted-(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, R 32 -substituted-(C 3 -C 7 )cycloalkyl and R 32 -substituted-(C 3 -C 7 )cycloalkyl(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl;
- R 31 is selected from the group consisting of H and (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl
- T is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
- R 32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogeno, (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, —OH, phenoxy, —CF 3 , —NO 2 , (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C 1 -C 4 )alkylsulfanyl, (C 1 -C 4 )alkylsulfinyl, (C 1 -C 4 )alkylsulfonyl, —N(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(O)—NH(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, —C(O)—N((C 1 -C 4 )alkyl) 2 , —C(O)—(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, —C(O)—(C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R 32 is a covalent bond
- Ar 1 is aryl or R 10 -substituted aryl
- Ar 2 is aryl or R 11 -substituted aryl
- Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the spiro group
- R 1 is selected from the group consisting of
- R 12 is
- a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero;
- the R 13 's can be the same or different;
- R 14 's can be the same or different;
- R 1 also can be:
- M is —O—, —S—, —S(O)— or —S(O) 2 —;
- X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 —, —CH(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl- and —C(di-(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl);
- R 10 and R 11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, —OR 19 , —O(CO)R 19 , —O(CO)OR 21 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-5 OR 19 , —O(CO)NR 19 R 20 , —NR 19 R 20 , —NR 19 (CO)R 20 , —NR 19 (CO)OR 21 , —NR 19 (CO)NR 20 R 25 , —NR 19 SO 2 R 21 , —COOR 19 , —CONR 19 R 20 , —COR 19 , —SO 2 NR 19 R 20 , S(O) 0-2 R 21 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 —COOR 19 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 CONR 19 R 20 , —(C 1 -C 6 alkylene)-COOR 19 , —CH ⁇ CH—COOR 19 ,
- R 15 and R 17 are independently selected from the group consisting of —OR 19 , —O(CO)R 19 , —O(CO)OR 21 and —O(CO)NR 19 R 20 ;
- R 16 and R 18 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl and aryl; or R 15 and R 16 together are ⁇ O, or R 17 and R 18 together are ⁇ O;
- d is 1, 2 or 3;
- h 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- s and t are 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6;
- v 0 or 1
- j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5,
- Ar 1 can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
- R 19 and R 20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl;
- R 21 is (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl or R 24 -substituted aryl;
- R 22 is H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, —C(O)R 19 or —COOR 19 ;
- R 23 and R 24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy, —COOH, NO 2 , —NR 19 R 20 , —OH and halogeno; and
- R 25 is H, —OH or (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy.
- the present invention provides a composition
- a composition comprising: (a) at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (IX): or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IX) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (IX) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (IX) above,
- R 26 is selected from the group consisting of:
- R 1 is selected from the group consisting of —SO 3 H; natural and unnatural amino acids.
- R, R a and R b are independently selected from the group consisting of H, —OH, halogeno, —NH 2 , azido, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy(C 1 -C 6 )-alkoxy and —W—R 30 ;
- W is independently selected from the group consisting of —NH—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—N(R 31 )—, —NH—C(O)—N(R 31 )— and —O—C(S)—N(R 31 )—;
- R 2 and R 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl and aryl(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl;
- R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 7 , R 3a and R 4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, —C(O)(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl and —C(O)aryl;
- R 30 is independently selected form the group consisting of R 32 -substituted T, R 32 -substituted-T-(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, R 32 -substituted-(C 2 -C 4 )alkenyl, R 32 -substituted-(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, R 32 -substituted-(C 3 -C 7 )cycloalkyl and R 32 -substituted-(C 3 -C 7 )cycloalkyl(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl;
- R 31 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl
- T is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
- R 32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogeno, (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, —OH, phenoxy, —CF 3 , —NO 2 , (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C 1 -C 4 )alkylsulfanyl, (C 1 -C 4 )alkylsulfinyl, (C 1 -C 4 )alkylsulfonyl, —N(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(O)—NH(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, —C(O)—N((C 1 -C 4 )alkyl) 2 , —C(O)—(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, —C(O)—(C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R 32 is a co
- Ar 1 is aryl or R 10 -substituted aryl
- Ar 2 is aryl or R 11 -substituted aryl
- Q is —(CH 2 ) q —, wherein q is 2-6, or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone,
- R 12 is
- R 10 and R 11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, —OR 19 , —O(CO)R 19 , —O(CO)OR 21 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-5 OR 19 , —O(CO)NR 19 R 20 , —NR 19 R 20 , —NR 19 (CO)R 20 , —NR 19 (CO)OR 21 , —NR 19 (CO)NR 20 R 25 , —NR 19 SO 2 R 21 , —COOR 19 , —CONR 19 R 20 , —COR 19 , —SO 2 NR 19 R 20 , S(O) 0-2 R 21 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 —COOR 19 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 CONR 19 R 20 , —(C 1 -C 6 alkylene)-COOR 19 , —CH ⁇ CH—COOR 19 ,
- Ar 1 can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
- R 19 and R 20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl;
- R 21 is (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl or R 24 -substituted aryl;
- R 22 is H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, —C(O)R 19 or —COOR 19 ;
- R 23 and R 24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy, —COOH, NO 2 , —NR 19 R 20 , —OH and halogeno; and
- R 25 is H, —OH or (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy.
- Therapeutic combinations also are provided comprising: (a) a first amount of at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and (b) a second amount of at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formulae (I-XI) above or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (I-XI) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (I-XI) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein the first amount and the second amount together comprise a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal.
- compositions for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the above compositions or therapeutic combinations and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier also are provided.
- Methods of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the above compositions or therapeutic combinations also are provided.
- compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention comprise at least one (one or more) activators for peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors (PPAR).
- PPAR peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors
- activators act as agonists for the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors.
- Three subtypes of PPAR have been identified, and these are designated as peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor alpha (PPAR ⁇ ), peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor gamma (PPAR ⁇ ) and peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor delta (PPAR ⁇ ).
- PPAR ⁇ peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor alpha
- PPAR ⁇ peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor gamma
- PPAR ⁇ peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor delta
- PPAR ⁇ is also referred to in the literature as PPAR ⁇ and as NUC1, and each of these names refers to the same receptor.
- PPAR ⁇ regulates the metabolism of lipids.
- PPAR ⁇ is activated by fibrates and a number of medium and long-chain fatty acids, and it is involved in stimulating ⁇ -oxidation of fatty acids.
- the PPAR ⁇ receptor subtypes are involved in activating the program of adipocyte differentiation and are not involved in stimulating peroxisome proliferation in the liver.
- PPAR ⁇ has been identified as being useful in increasing high density lipoprotein (HDL) levels in humans. See, e.g., WO 97/28149.
- PPAR ⁇ activator compounds are useful for, among other things, lowering triglycerides, moderately lowering LDL levels and increasing HDL levels.
- PPAR ⁇ activators useful in the compositions of the present invention include fibrates.
- fibric acid derivatives include clofibrate (such as ethyl 2-(p-chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-propionate, for example ATROMID-S® Capsules which are commercially available from Wyeth-Ayerst); gemfibrozil (such as 5-(2,5-dimethylphenoxy)-2,2-dimethylpentanoic acid, for example LOPID® tablets which are commercially available from Parke Davis); ciprofibrate (C.A.S. Registry No. 52214-84-3, see U.S. Pat. No. 3,948,973 which is incorporated herein by reference); bezafibrate (C.A.S. Registry No.
- fenofibrate such as TRICOR® micronized fenofibrate (2-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)phenoxy]-2-methyl-propanoic acid, 1-methylethyl ester
- TRICOR® micronized fenofibrate (2-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)phenoxy]-2-methyl-propanoic acid, 1-methylethyl ester
- LIPANTHYL® micronized fenofibrate which is commercially available from Labortoire Founier, France
- These compounds can be used in a variety of forms, including but not limited to acid form, salt form, racemates, enantiomers, zwitterions and tautomers.
- Non-limiting examples of suitable PPAR ⁇ activators useful in the compositions of the present invention include suitable derivatives of glitazones or thiazolidinediones, such as, troglitazone (such as REZULIN® troglitazone (-5-[[4-[3,4-dihydro-6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8-tetramethyl-2H-1-benzopyran-2-yl)methoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione) commercially available from Parke-Davis); rosiglitazone (such as AVANDIA® rosiglitazone maleate (-5-[[4-[2-(methyl-2-pyridinylamino)ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione, (Z)-2-butenedioate) (1:1) commercially available from SmithKline Beecham) and pioglitazone (such as ACTOSTM pioglitazone hydrochloride
- thiazolidinediones include ciglitazone, englitazone, darglitazone and BRL 49653 as disclosed in WO 98/05331 which is incorporated herein by reference; PPAR ⁇ activator compounds disclosed in WO 00/76488 which is incorporated herein by reference; and PPAR ⁇ activator compounds disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,994,554 which is incorporated herein by reference.
- PPAR ⁇ activator compounds include certain acetylphenols as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,859,051 which is incorporated herein by reference; certain quinoline phenyl compounds as disclosed in WO 99/20275 which is incorporated herein by reference; aryl compounds as disclosed by WO 99/38845 which is incorporated herein by reference; certain 1,4-disubstituted phenyl compounds as disclosed in WO 00/63161; certain aryl compounds as disclosed in WO 01/00579 which is incorporated herein by reference; benzoic acid compounds as disclosed in WO 01/12612 and WO 01/12187 which are incorporated herein by reference; and substituted 4-hydroxy-phenylalconic acid compounds as disclosed in WO 97/31907 which is incorporated herein by reference.
- PPAR ⁇ compounds are useful for, among other things, lowering triglyceride levels or raising HDL levels.
- suitable PPAR ⁇ activators useful in the compositions of the present invention include suitable thiazole and oxazole derivates, such as C.A.S. Registry No. 317318-324, as disclosed in WO 01/00603 which is incorporated herein by reference); certain fluoro, chloro or thio phenoxy phenylacetic acids as disclosed in WO 97/28149 which is incorporated herein by reference; suitable non- ⁇ -oxidizable fatty acid analogues as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,093,365 which is incorporated herein by reference; and PPAR ⁇ activator compounds disclosed in WO 99/04815 which is incorporated herein by reference.
- Non-limiting examples include certain substituted aryl compounds as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,781; WO 00/23416; WO 00/23415; WO 00/23425; WO 00/23445; WO 00/23451; and WO 00/63153, all of which are incorporated herein by reference, which are described as being useful PPAR ⁇ and/or PPAR ⁇ activator compounds.
- PPAR ⁇ and/or PPAR ⁇ activator compounds include activator compounds as disclosed in WO 97/25042 which is incorporated herein by reference; activator compounds as disclosed in WO 00/63190 which is incorporated herein by reference; activator compounds as disclosed in WO 01/21181 which is incorporated herein by reference; biaryl-oxa(thia)zole compounds as disclosed in WO 01/16120 which is incorporated herein by reference; activator compounds as disclosed in WO 00/63196 and WO 00/63209 which are incorporated herein by reference; substituted 5-aryl-2,4-thiazolidinediones compounds as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.
- PPAR activator compounds include substituted benzylthiazolidine-2,4-dione compounds as disclosed in WO 01/14349, WO 01/14350 and WO/01/04351 which are incorporated herein by reference; mercaptocarboxylic compounds as disclosed in WO 00/50392 which is incorporated herein by reference; ascofuranone compounds as disclosed in WO 00/53563 which is incorporated herein by reference; carboxylic compounds as disclosed in WO 99/46232 which is incorporated herein by reference; compounds as disclosed in WO 99/12534 which is incorporated herein by reference; benzene compounds as disclosed in WO 99/15520 which is incorporated herein by reference; o-anisamide compounds as disclosed in WO 01/21578 which is incorporated herein by reference; and PPAR activator compounds as disclosed in WO 01/40192 which is incorporated herein by reference.
- the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor(s) activator(s) are administered in a therapeutically effective amount to treat the specified condition, for example in a daily dose can range from about 0.1 to about 1000 mg per day, preferably about 0.25 to about 50 mg/day, and more preferably about 10 mg per day, given in a single dose or 2-4 divided doses.
- the exact dose is determined by the attending clinician and is dependent on such factors as the potency of the compound administered, the age, weight, condition and response of the patient.
- terapéuticaally effective amount means that amount of a therapeutic agent of the composition, such as the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s), sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and other pharmacological or therapeutic agents described below, that will elicit a biological or medical response of a tissue, system, animal or mammal that is being sought by the administrator (such as a researcher, doctor or veterinarian) which includes alleviation of the symptoms of the condition or disease being treated and the prevention, slowing or halting of progression of one or more conditions, for example vascular conditions, such as hyperlipidaemia (for example atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia or sitosterolemia), vascular inflammation, stroke, diabetes, obesity and/or to reduce the level of sterol(s) (such as cholesterol) in the plasma.
- vascular conditions such as hyperlipidaemia (for example atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia or sitosterolemia), vascular inflammation, stroke, diabetes, obesity and/or to reduce the level of sterol(s) (
- vascular comprises cardiovascular, cerebrovascular and combinations thereof.
- compositions, combinations and treatments of the present invention can be administered by any suitable means which produce contact of these compounds with the site of action in the body, for example in the plasma, liver or small intestine of a mammal or human.
- administration includes coadministration of these therapeutic agents in a substantially simultaneous manner, such as in a single tablet or capsule having a fixed ratio of active ingredients or in multiple, separate capsules for each therapeutic agent.
- administration includes use of each type of therapeutic agent in a sequential manner.
- the treatment using the combination therapy will provide beneficial effects in treating the condition.
- a potential advantage of the combination therapy disclosed herein may be a reduction in the required amount of an individual therapeutic compound or the overall total amount of therapeutic compounds that are effective in treating the condition.
- therapeutic agents can be selected to provide a broader range of complimentary effects or complimentary modes of action.
- compositions, pharmaceutical compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention comprise one or more substituted azetidinone or substituted ⁇ -lactam sterol absorption inhibitors discussed in detail below.
- sterol absorption inhibitor means a compound capable of inhibiting the absorption of one or more sterols, including but not limited to cholesterol, phytosterols (such as sitosterol, campesterol, stigmasterol and avenosterol), 5 ⁇ -stanols (such as cholestanol, 5 ⁇ -campestanol, 5 ⁇ -sitostanol), and mixtures thereof, when administered in a therapeutically effective (sterol absorption inhibiting) amount to a mammal or human.
- phytosterols such as sitosterol, campesterol, stigmasterol and avenosterol
- 5 ⁇ -stanols such as cholestanol, 5 ⁇ -campestanol, 5 ⁇ -sitostanol
- mixtures thereof when administered in a therapeutically effective (ste
- sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (I) below: or isomers of the compounds of Formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (I) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (I), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (I) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (I), wherein, in Formula (I) above:
- Ar 1 and Ar 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl and R 4 -substituted aryl;
- Ar 3 is aryl or R 5 -substituted aryl
- X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 —, —CH(lower alkyl)- and —C(dilower alkyl)-;
- R and R 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of —OR 6 , —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 and —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 ;
- R 1 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl;
- R 4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, —OR 6 , —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-5 OR 6 , —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)OR 9 , —NR 6 (CO)NR 7 R 8 , —NR 6 SO 2 R 9 , —COOR 6 , —CONR 6 R 7 , —COR 6 , —SO 2 NR 6 R 7 , S(O) 0-2 R 9 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 —COOR 6 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 CONR 6 R 7 , -(lower alkylene)COOR 6 , —CH ⁇ CH—COOR 6 , —CF 3 , —CN, —NO 2 and halogen;
- R 5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —OR 6 , —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-5 OR 6 , —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)OR 9 , —NR 6 (CO)NR 7 R 8 , —NR 6 SO 2 R 9 , —COOR 6 , —CONR 6 R 7 , —COR 6 , —SO 2 NR 6 R 7 , S(O) 0-2 R 9 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 —COOR 6 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 CONR 6 R 7 , -(lower alkylene)COOR 6 and —CH ⁇ CH—COOR 6 ;
- R 6 , R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl;
- R 9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl.
- R 4 is 1-3 independently selected substituents
- R 5 is preferably 1-3 independently selected substituents.
- alkyl or “lower alkyl” means straight or branched alkyl chains having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms and “alkoxy” means alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- alkyl groups include, for example methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl groups.
- alkenyl means straight or branched carbon chains having one or more double bonds in the chain, conjugated or unconjugated.
- alkynyl means straight or branched carbon chains having one or more triple bonds in the chain. Where an alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl chain joins two other variables and is therefore bivalent, the terms alkylene, alkenylene and alkynylene are used.
- Cycloalkyl means a saturated carbon ring of 3 to 6 carbon atoms, while “cycloalkylene” refers to a corresponding bivalent ring, wherein the points of attachment to other groups include all positional isomers.
- Halogeno refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine radicals.
- Aryl means phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl or indanyl.
- Phenylene means a bivalent phenyl group, including ortho, meta and para-substitution.
- R, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are said to be independently selected from a group of substituents, mean that R, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are independently selected, but also that where an R, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 variable occurs more than once in a molecule, each occurrence is independently selected (e.g., if R is —OR 6 , wherein R 6 is hydrogen, R 2 can be —OR 6 wherein R 6 is lower alkyl).
- R 6 is hydrogen
- R 2 can be —OR 6 wherein R 6 is lower alkyl
- Compounds of the invention have at least one asymmetrical carbon atom and therefore all isomers, including enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers and racemates of the compounds of Formula (I-XI) (where they exist) are contemplated as being part of this invention.
- the invention includes d and I isomers in both pure form and in admixture, including racemic mixtures.
- Isomers can be prepared using conventional techniques, either by reacting optically pure or optically enriched starting materials or by separating isomers of a compound of the Formulae l-XI. Isomers may also include geometric isomers, e.g., when a double bond is present.
- Compounds of the invention with an amino group can form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with organic and inorganic acids.
- suitable acids for salt formation are hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric, acetic, citric, oxalic, malonic, salicylic, malic, fumaric, succinic, ascorbic, maleic, methanesulfonic and other mineral and carboxylic acids well known to those in the art.
- the salt is prepared by contacting the free base form with a sufficient amount of the desired acid to produce a salt.
- the free base form may be regenerated by treating the salt with a suitable dilute aqueous base solution such as dilute aqueous sodium bicarbonate.
- the free base form differs from its respective salt form somewhat in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents, but the salt is otherwise equivalent to its respective free base forms for purposes of the invention.
- Certain compounds of the invention are acidic (e.g., those compounds which possess a carboxyl group). These compounds form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with inorganic and organic bases. Examples of such salts are the sodium, potassium, calcium, aluminum, gold and silver salts. Also included are salts formed with pharmaceutically acceptable amines such as ammonia, alkyl amines, hydroxyalkylamines, N-methylglucamine and the like.
- solvate means a molecular or ionic complex of molecules or ions of solvent with those of solute (for example, one or more compounds of Formulae I-XI, isomers of the compounds of Formulae I-XI, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formulae I-XI).
- useful solvents include polar, protic solvents such as water and/or alcohols (for example methanol).
- prodrug means compounds that are drug precursors which, following administration to a patient, release the drug in vivo via some chemical or physiological process (e.g., a prodrug on being brought to the physiological pH or through enzyme action is converted to the desired drug form).
- Preferred compounds of Formula (I) are those in which Ar 1 is phenyl or R 4 -substituted phenyl, more preferably (4-R 4 )-substituted phenyl.
- Ar 2 is preferably phenyl or R 4 -substituted phenyl, more preferably (4-R 4 )-substituted phenyl.
- Ar 3 is preferably R 5 -substituted phenyl, more preferably (4-R 5 )-substituted phenyl.
- R 4 is preferably a halogen.
- R 4 is preferably halogen or —OR 6 and R 5 is preferably —OR 6 , wherein R 6 is lower alkyl or hydrogen.
- R 4 is preferably halogen or —OR 6 and R 5 is preferably —OR 6 , wherein R 6 is lower alkyl or hydrogen.
- R 6 is lower alkyl or hydrogen.
- Especially preferred are compounds wherein each of Ar 1 and Ar 2 is 4-fluorophenyl and Ar 3 is 4-hydroxyphenyl or 4-methoxyphenyl.
- X, Y and Z are each preferably —CH 2 —.
- R 1 and R 3 are each preferably hydrogen.
- R and R 2 are preferably —OR 6 wherein R 6 is hydrogen, or a group readily metabolizable to a hydroxyl (such as —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 and —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 , defined above).
- m, n, p, q and r is preferably 2, 3 or 4, more preferably 3.
- Preferred are compounds wherein m, n and r are each zero, q is 1 and p is 2.
- compounds of Formula (I) in which p, q and n are each zero, r is 1 and m is 2 or 3. More preferred are compounds wherein m, n and r are each zero, q is 1, p is 2, Z is —CH 2 — and R is —OR 6 , especially when R 6 is hydrogen.
- Another group of preferred compounds of Formula (I) is that in which Ar 1 is phenyl or R 4 -substituted phenyl, Ar 2 is phenyl or R 4 -substituted phenyl and Ar 3 is R 5 -substituted phenyl. Also preferred are compounds in which Ar 1 is phenyl or R 4 -substituted phenyl, Ar 2 is phenyl or R 4 -substituted phenyl, Ar 3 is R 5 -substituted phenyl, and the sum of m, n, p, q and r is 2, 3 or 4, more preferably 3.
- Ar 1 is phenyl or R 4 -substituted phenyl
- Ar 2 is phenyl or R 4 -substituted phenyl
- Ar 3 is R 5 -substituted phenyl
- m, n and r are each zero, q is 1 and p is 2, or wherein p, q and n are each zero, r is 1 and m is 2 or 3.
- a sterol inhibitor of Formula (I) useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention is represented by Formula (II) (ezetimibe) below: or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compound of Formula (II), or prodrugs of the compound of Formula (II) or of the salts or solvates of the compound of Formula (II).
- Compounds of Formula I can be prepared by a variety of methods well know to those skilled in the art, for example such as are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,631,365, 5,767,115, 5,846,966, 6,207,822, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/279,288 filed Mar. 28, 2001, and PCT Patent Application WO 93/02048, each of which is incorporated herein by reference, and in the Example below.
- suitable compounds of Formula I can be prepared by a method comprising the steps of:
- step (b) reacting the product of step (a) with an imine of the formula wherein Ar 20 is Ar 2 , a suitably protected hydroxy-substituted aryl or a suitably protected amino-substituted aryl; and Ar 30 is Ar 3 , a suitably protected hydroxy-substituted aryl or a suitably protected amino-substituted aryl;
- Alternative sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (III) below: or isomers of the compounds of Formula (III), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (III) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (III), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (III) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (III), wherein, in Formula (III) above:
- Ar 1 is R 3 -substituted aryl
- Ar 2 is R 4 -substituted aryl
- Ar 3 is R 5 -substituted aryl
- Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 —, —CH(lower alkyl)- and —C(dilower alkyl)-;
- A is selected from —O—, —S—, —S(O)— or —S(O) 2 —;
- R 1 is selected from the group consisting of —OR 6 , —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 and —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 ;
- R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl; or R 1 and R 2 together are ⁇ O;
- q 1, 2 or 3;
- p 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- R 5 is 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —OR 6 , —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-5 OR 9 , —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)OR 9 , —NR 6 (CO)NR 7 R 8 , —NR 6 SO 2 -lower alkyl, —NR 6 SO 2 -aryl, —CONR 6 R 7 , —COR 6 , —SO 2 NR 6 R 7 , S(O) 0-2 -alkyl, S(O) 0-2 -aryl, —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 —COOR 6 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 CONR 6 R 7 , o-halogeno, m-halogeno, o-lower alkyl, m-lower alkyl,
- R 3 and R 4 are independently 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of R 5 , hydrogen, p-lower alkyl, aryl, —NO 2 , —CF 3 and p-halogeno;
- R 6 , R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and R 9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl.
- Preferred compounds of Formula I include those in which Ar 1 is R 3 -substituted phenyl, especially (4-R 3 )substituted phenyl.
- Ar 2 is preferably R 4 -substituted phenyl, especially (4-R 4 )-substituted phenyl.
- Ar 3 is preferably R 5 -substituted phenyl, especially (4-R 5 )-substituted phenyl.
- Mono-substitution of each of Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 is preferred.
- Y and Z are each preferably —CH 2 —.
- R 2 is preferably hydrogen.
- R 1 is preferably —OR 6 wherein R 6 is hydrogen, or a group readily metabolizable to a hydroxyl (such as —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 and —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 , defined above). Also preferred are compounds wherein R 1 and R 2 together are ⁇ O.
- the sum of q and p is preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1.
- Preferred are compounds wherein p is zero and q is 1. More preferred are compounds wherein p is zero, q is 1, Y is —CH 2 — and R 1 is —OR 6 , especially when R 6 is hydrogen.
- Ar 1 is R 3 -substituted phenyl
- Ar 2 is R 4 -substituted phenyl
- Ar 3 is R 5 -substituted phenyl.
- Ar 1 is R 3 -substituted phenyl
- Ar 2 is R 4 -substituted phenyl
- Ar 3 is R 5 -substituted phenyl
- the sum of p and q is 1 or 2, especially 1. More preferred are compounds wherein Ar 1 is R 3 -substituted phenyl, Ar 2 is R 4 -substituted phenyl, Ar 3 is R 5 -substituted phenyl, p is zero and q is 1.
- A is preferably —O—.
- R 3 is preferably —COOR 6 , —CONR 6 R 7 , —COR 6 , —SO 2 NR 6 R 7 , S(O) 0-2 -alkyl, S(O) 0-2 -aryl, NO 2 or halogeno.
- a more preferred definition for R 3 is halogeno, especially fluoro or chloro.
- R 4 is preferably hydrogen, lower alkyl, —OR 6 , —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 , —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 R 7 , COR 6 or halogeno, wherein R 6 and R 7 are preferably independently hydrogen or lower alkyl, and R 9 is preferably lower alkyl.
- R 4 is hydrogen or halogeno, especially fluoro or chloro.
- R 5 is preferably —OR 6 , —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 , —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 R 7 , -(lower alkylene)-COOR 6 or —CH ⁇ CH—COOR 6 , wherein R 6 and R 7 are preferably independently hydrogen or lower alkyl, and R 9 is preferably lower alkyl.
- R 5 is —OR 6 , -(lower alkylene)-COOR 6 or —CH ⁇ CH—COOR 6 , wherein R 6 is preferably hydrogen or lower alkyl.
- sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (IV): or isomers of the compounds of Formula (IV), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IV) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (IV), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (IV) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IV), wherein, in Formula (IV) above:
- A is selected from the group consisting of R 2 -substituted heterocycloalkyl, R 2 -substituted heteroaryl, R 2 -substituted benzofused heterocycloalkyl, and R 2 -substituted benzofused heteroaryl;
- Ar 1 is aryl or R 3 -substituted aryl
- Ar 2 is aryl or R 4 -substituted aryl
- Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the spiro group
- R 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
- R 5 is selected from:
- R 1 also can be selected from:
- M is —O—, —S—, —S(O)— or —S(O) 2 —;
- X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 —, —CH(C 1 -C 6 alkyl)- and —C(di-(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl);
- R 10 and R 12 are independently selected from the group consisting of —OR 14 , —O(CO)R 14 , —O(CO)OR 16 and —O(CO)NR 14 R 15 ;
- R 11 and R 13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl and aryl; or R 10 and R 11 together are ⁇ O, or R 12 and R 13 together are ⁇ O;
- d is 1, 2 or 3;
- h 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- v 0 or 1
- j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
- R 2 is 1-3 substituents on the ring carbon atoms selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1 -C 10 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 10 )alkenyl, (C 2 -C 10 )alkynyl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkenyl, R 17 -substituted aryl, R 17 -substituted benzyl, R 17 -substituted benzyloxy, R 17 -substituted aryloxy, halogeno, —NR 14 R 15 , NR 14 R 15 (C 1 -C 6 alkylene)-, NR 14 R 15 C(O)(C 1 -C 6 alkylene)-, —NHC(O)R 16 , OH, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, —OC(O)R 16 , —COR 14 , hydroxy(C 1
- J is —O—, —NH—, —NR 18 — or —CH 2 —;
- R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, —OR 14 , —O(CO)R 14 , —O(CO)OR 16 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-5 OR 14 , —O(CO)NR 14 R 15 , —NR 14 R 15 , —NR 14 (CO)R 15 , —NR 14 (CO)OR 16 , —NR 14 (CO)NR 15 R 19 , —NR 14 SO 2 R 16 , —COOR 14 , —CONR 14 R 15 , —COR 14 , —SO 2 NR 14 R 15 , S(O) 0-2 R 16 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 —COOR 14 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 CONR 14 R 15 , —(C 1 -C 6 alkylene)-COOR 14 , —CH ⁇ CH—COOR 14 ,
- R 8 is hydrogen, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, —C(O)R 14 or —COOR 14 ;
- R 9 and R 17 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy, —COOH, NO 2 , —NR 14 R 15 , OH and halogeno;
- R 14 and R 15 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl;
- R 16 is (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl or R 17 -substituted aryl;
- R 18 is hydrogen or (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl
- R 19 is hydrogen, hydroxy or (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy.
- “A” is preferably an R 2 -substituted, 6-membered heterocycloalkyl ring containing 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms.
- Preferred heterocycloalkyl rings are piperidinyl, piperazinyl and morpholinyl groups.
- the ring “A” is preferably joined to the phenyl ring through a ring nitrogen.
- Preferred R 2 substituents are hydrogen and lower alkyl.
- R 19 is preferably hydrogen.
- Ar 2 is preferably phenyl or R 4 -phenyl, especially (4-R 4 )-substituted phenyl.
- R 4 are lower alkoxy, especially methoxy, and halogeno, especially fluoro.
- Ar 1 is preferably phenyl or R 3 -substituted phenyl, especially (4-R 3 )-substituted phenyl.
- Q is a bond and R 1 is lower alkylene, preferably propylene;
- Q is a spiro group as defined above, wherein preferably R 6 and R 7 are each ethylene and R 5 is
- Q is a bond and R 1 is wherein the variables are chosen such that R 1 is —O—CH 2 —CH(OH)—;
- Q is a bond and R 1 is wherein the variables are chosen such that R 1 is —CH(OH)—(CH 2 ) 2 —;
- Q is a bond and R 1 is wherein the variables are chosen such that R 1 is —CH(OH)—CH 2 —S(O) 0-2 —.
- sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (V): or isomers of the compounds of Formula (V), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (V) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (V), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (V) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (V), wherein, in Formula (V) above:
- Ar 1 is aryl, R 10 -substituted aryl or heteroaryl
- Ar 2 is aryl or R 4 -substituted aryl
- Ar 3 is aryl or R 5 -substituted aryl
- X and Y are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 —, —CH(lower alkyl)- and —C(dilower alkyl)-;
- R is —OR 6 , —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 or —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 ;
- R 1 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or aryl; or R and R 1 together are ⁇ O;
- q is 0 or 1
- r 0, 1 or 2;
- n and n are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; provided that the sum of m, n and q is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- R 4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, —OR 6 , —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-5 OR 6 , —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)OR 9 , —NR 6 (CO)NR 7 R 8 , —NR 6 SO 2 R 9 , —COOR 6 , —CONR 6 R 7 , —COR 6 , —SO 2 NR 6 R 7 , S(O) 0-2 R 9 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 —COOR 6 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 CONR 6 R 7 , -(lower alkylene)COOR 6 and —CH ⁇ CH—COOR 6 ;
- R 5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —OR 6 , —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-5 OR 6 , —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)OR 9 , —NR 6 (CO)NR 7 R 8 , —NR 6 SO 2 R 9 , —COOR 6 , —CONR 6 R 7 , —COR 6 , —SO 2 NR 6 R 7 , S(O) 0-2 R 9 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 —COOR 6 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 CONR 6 R 7 , —CF 3 , —CN, —NO 2 , halogen, -(lower alkylene)COOR and —CH ⁇ CH—COOR 6 ;
- R 6 , R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl;
- R 9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl
- R 10 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, —OR 6 , —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-5 OR 6 , —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)R 7 , —NR 6 (CO)OR 9 , —NR 6 (CO)NR 7 R 8 , —NR 6 SO 2 R 9 , —COOR 6 , —CONR 6 R 7 , —COR 6 , —SO 2 NR 6 R 7 , —S(O) 0-2 R 9 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 —COOR 6 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 CONR 6 R 7 , —CF 3 , —CN, —NO 2 and halogen.
- R 4 , R 5 and R 10 are each preferably 1-3 independently selected substituents as set forth above.
- Preferred are compounds of Formula (V) wherein Ar 1 is phenyl, R 10 -substituted phenyl or thienyl, especially (4-R 10 )-substituted phenyl or thienyl.
- Ar 2 is preferably R 4 -substituted phenyl, especially (4-R 4 )-substituted phenyl.
- Ar 3 is preferably phenyl or R 5 -substituted phenyl, especially (4-R 5 )-substituted phenyl.
- R 10 When Ar 1 is R 10 -substituted phenyl, R 10 is preferably halogeno, especially fluoro.
- Ar 2 When Ar 2 is R 4 -substituted phenyl, R 4 is preferably —OR 6 , especially wherein R 6 is hydrogen or lower alkyl.
- Ar 3 When Ar 3 is R 5 -substituted phenyl, R 5 is preferably halogeno, especially fluoro.
- Especially preferred are compounds of Formula (V) wherein Ar 1 is phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl or thienyl, Ar 2 is 4-(alkoxy or hydroxy)phenyl, and Ar 3 is phenyl or 4-fluorophenyl.
- X and Y are each preferably —CH 2 —.
- the sum of m, n and q is preferably 2, 3 or 4, more preferably 2.
- n is preferably 1 to 5.
- Preferences for X, Y, Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 are the same in each of Formulae (VA) and (VB).
- the sum of m and n is preferably 2, 3 or 4, more preferably 2. Also preferred are compounds wherein the sum of m and n is 2, and r is 0 or 1.
- R 1 is preferably hydrogen and R is preferably —OR 6 wherein R 6 is hydrogen, or a group readily metabolizable to a hydroxyl (such as —O(CO)R 6 , —O(CO)OR 9 and —O(CO)NR 6 R 7 , defined above), or R and R 1 together form a ⁇ O group.
- sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (VI): or isomers of the compounds of Formula (VI), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VI) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (VI), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VI) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VI), wherein:
- R 4 is selected from B—(CH 2 ) m C(O)—, wherein m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; B—(CH 2 ) q —, wherein q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; B—(CH 2 ) e -Z-(CH 2 ) r —, wherein Z is —O—, —C(O)—, phenylene, —N(R 8 )— or —S(O) 0-2 —, e is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of e and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; B—(C 2 -C 6 alkenylene)-; B—(C 4 -C 6 alkadienylene)-; B—(CH 2 ) t -Z-(C 2 -C 6 alkenylene)-, wherein Z is as defined above, and wherein t is 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided that the sum of t
- B is selected from indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, heteroaryl or W-substituted heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl and furanyl, and for nitrogen-containing heteroaryls, the N-oxides thereof, or
- W is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, hydroxy lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, (lower alkoxyimino)-lower alkyl, lower alkanedioyl, lower alkyl lower alkanedioyl, allyloxy, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , benzyl, R 7 -benzyl, benzyloxy, R 7 -benzyloxy, phenoxy, R 7 -phenoxy, dioxolanyl, NO 2 , —N(R 8 )(R 9 ), N(R 8 )(R 9 )-lower alkylene-, N(R 8 )(R 9 )-lower alkylenyloxy-, OH, halogeno, —CN, —N 3 , —NHC(O)OR 10 , —NH
- R 7 is 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, —COOH, NO 2 , —N(R 8 )(R 9 ), OH, and halogeno;
- R 8 and R 9 are independently selected from H or lower alkyl
- R 10 is selected from lower alkyl, phenyl, R 7 -phenyl, benzyl or R 7 -benzyl;
- R 11 is selected from OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, R 7 -phenyl or R 7 -benzyl;
- R 12 is selected from H, OH, alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, —N(R 8 )(R 9 ), lower alkyl, phenyl or R 7 -phenyl;
- R 13 is selected from —O—, —CH 2 —, —NH—, —N(lower alkyl)- or —NC(O)R 19 ;
- R 15 , R 16 and R 17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and the groups defined for W; or R 15 is hydrogen and R 16 and R 17 , together with adjacent carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a dioxolanyl ring;
- R 19 is H, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl lower alkyl
- R 20 and R 21 are independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, W-substituted naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzodioxolyl, heteroaryl, W-substituted heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl, W-substituted benzofused heteroaryl and cyclopropyl, wherein heteroaryl is as defined above.
- R 21 is selected from phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, indanyl, benzofuranyl, benzodioxolyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinolyl or cyclopropyl,
- W is lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, OH, halogeno, —N(R 8 )(R 9 ), —NHC(O)OR 10 , —NHC(O)R 10 , NO 2 , —CN, —N 3 , —SH, —S(O) 0-2 -(lower alkyl), —COOR 19 , —CON(R 8 )(R 9 ), —COR 12 , phenoxy, benzyloxy, —OCF 3 , —CH ⁇ C(O)R 12 or tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy, wherein R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 12 and R 19 are as defined for Formula IV.
- W is 2 or 3 substituents, the substituents can be the same or different.
- R 20 is phenyl or W-substituted phenyl, wherein preferred meanings of W are as defined above for preferred definitions of R 21 .
- R 20 is phenyl or W-substituted phenyl and R 21 is phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, indanyl, benzofuranyl, benzodioxolyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinolyl or cyclopropyl;
- W is lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, OH, halogeno, —N(R 8 )(R 9 ), —NHC(O)OR 10 , —NHC(O)R 10 , NO 2 , —CN, —N 3 , —SH, —S(O) 0-2 -(lower alkyl), —COOR 19 , —CON(R 8 )(R 9 ), —COR 12 , phenoxy, benzyloxy, —CH ⁇ CHC(O)R 12
- R 4 is preferably B—(CH 2 ) q — or B—(CH 2 ) e -Z-(CH 2 ) r —, wherein B, Z, q, e and r are as defined above.
- B is preferably wherein R 16 and R 17 are each hydrogen and wherein R 15 is preferably H, OH, lower alkoxy, especially methoxy, or halogeno, especially chloro.
- Z is —O—, e is 0, and r is 0.
- q is 0-2.
- R 20 is preferably phenyl or W-substituted phenyl.
- Preferred W substituents for R 20 are lower alkoxy, especially methoxy and ethoxy, OH, and —C(O)R 12 , wherein R 12 is preferably lower alkoxy.
- R 21 is selected from phenyl, lower alkoxy-substituted phenyl and F-phenyl.
- sterol inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (VII): or isomers of the compounds of Formula (VII), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VII) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (VII), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VII) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VII), wherein in Formula (VII) above:
- A is —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C— or —(CH 2 ) p — wherein p is 0, 1 or 2;
- E is C 10 to C 20 alkyl or —C(O)—(C 9 to C 19 )-alkyl, wherein the alkyl is straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds;
- R is hydrogen, C 1 -C 15 alkyl, straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds, or B—(CH 2 ) r —, wherein r is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
- R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, —NHC(O)OR 5 , R 6 O 2 SNH— and —S(O) 2 NH 2 ;
- R 4 is wherein n is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
- R 5 is lower alkyl
- R 6 is OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl or substituted phenyl wherein the substituents are 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino and dilower alkylamino.
- Preferred compounds of Formula (VII) are those wherein R is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, phenyl or phenylpropyl. Another group of preferred compounds of Formula (VII) is that wherein R 4 is p-methoxyphenyl or 2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyl. Still another group of preferred compounds of Formula (VII) is that wherein A is ethylene or a bond. Yet another group of preferred compounds of Formula (VII) is that wherein E is decyl, oleoyl or 7-Z-hexadecenyl. Preferably R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each hydrogen.
- More preferred compounds of Formula (VII) are those wherein R is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, phenyl or phenylpropyl; R 4 is p-methoxyphenyl or 2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyl; A is ethylene or a bond; E is decyl, oleoyl or 7-Z-hexadecenyl; and R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each hydrogen.
- a preferred compound of Formula (VII) is that wherein E is decyl, R is hydrogen, B-A is phenyl and R 4 is p-methoxyphenyl.
- sterol inhibitors useful in the compositions and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (VIII): or isomers of the compounds of Formula (VIII), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VIII) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (VIII), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VIII) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VIII), wherein, in Formula (VIII) above,
- R 26 is H or OG 1 ;
- G and G 1 are independently selected from the group consisting of provided that when R 26 is H or OH, G is not H;
- R, R a and R b are independently selected from the group consisting of H, —OH, halogeno, —NH 2 , azido, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy(C 1 -C 6 )-alkoxy or —W—R 30 ;
- W is independently selected from the group consisting of —NH—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—N(R 31 )—, —NH—C(O)—N(R 31 )— and —O—C(S)—N(R 31 )—;
- R 2 and R 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl and aryl(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl;
- R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 7 , R 3a and R 4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, —C(O)(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl and —C(O)aryl;
- R 30 is selected from the group consisting of R 32 -substituted T, R 32 -substituted-T-(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, R 32 -substituted-(C 2 -C 4 )alkenyl, R 32 -substituted-(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, R 32 -substituted-(C 3 -C 7 )cycloalkyl and R 32 -substituted-(C 3 -C 7 )cycloalkyl(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl;
- R 31 is selected from the group consisting of H and (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl
- T is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
- R 32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogeno, (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, —OH, phenoxy, —CF 3 , —NO 2 , (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C 1 -C 4 )alkylsulfanyl, (C 1 -C 4 )alkylsulfinyl, (C 1 -C 4 )alkylsulfonyl, —N(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(O)—NH(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, —C(O)—N((C 1 -C 4 )alkyl) 2 , —C(O)—(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, —C(O)—(C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R 32 is a covalent bond
- Ar 1 is aryl or R 10 -substituted aryl
- Ar 2 is aryl or R 11 -substituted aryl
- Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the spiro group
- R 1 is selected from the group consisting of
- R 12 is
- a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero;
- the R 13 's can be the same or different;
- R 14 's can be the same or different;
- R 1 also can be:
- M is —O—, —S—, —S(O)— or —S(O) 2 —;
- X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 —, —CH(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl- and —C(di-(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl);
- R 10 and R 11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, —OR 19 , —O(CO)R 19 , —O(CO)OR 21 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-5 OR 19 , —O(CO)NR 19 R 20 , —NR 19 R 20 , —NR 19 (CO)R 20 , —NR 19 (CO)OR 21 , —NR 19 (CO)NR 2 OR 25 , —NR 19 SO 2 R 21 , —COOR 19 , —CONR 19 R 20 , —COR 19 , —SO 2 NR 19 R 20 , S(O) 0-2 R 21 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 —COOR 19 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 CONR 19 R 20 , —(C 1 -C 6 alkylene)-COOR 19 , —CH ⁇ CH—COOR 19 ,
- R 15 and R 17 are independently selected from the group consisting of —OR 19 , —O(CO)R 19 , —O(CO)OR 21 and —O(CO)NR 19 R 20 ;
- R 16 and R 18 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl and aryl; or R 15 and R 16 together are ⁇ O, or R 17 and R 18 together are ⁇ O;
- d is 1, 2 or 3;
- h 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- s and t are 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6;
- v 0 or 1
- j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
- Ar 1 can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
- R 19 and R 20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl;
- R 21 is (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl or R 24 -substituted aryl;
- R 22 is H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, —C(O)R 19 or —COOR 19 ;
- R 23 and R 24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy, —COOH, NO 2 , —NR 19 R 20 , —OH and halogeno; and
- R 25 is H, —OH or (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy.
- Ar 2 is preferably phenyl or R 11 -phenyl, especially (4-R 11 )-substituted phenyl.
- R 11 are lower alkoxy, especially methoxy, and halogeno, especially fluoro.
- Ar 1 is preferably phenyl or R 10 -substituted phenyl, especially (4-R 10 )— substituted phenyl.
- R 10 is halogeno, and more preferably fluoro.
- Q is a bond and R 1 is lower alkylene, preferably propylene;
- Q is a spiro group as defined above, wherein preferably R 13 and R 14 are each ethylene and R 12 is and R 1 is —(CH 2 ) q wherein q is 0-6;
- Q is a bond and R 1 is wherein the variables are chosen such that R 1 is —O—CH 2 —CH(OH)—;
- Q is a bond and R 1 wherein the variables are chosen such that R 1 is —CH(OH)—(CH 2 ) 2 —;
- Q is a bond and R 1 is wherein the variables are chosen such that R 1 is —CH(OH)—CH 2 —S(O) 0-2 —.
- a preferred compound of Formula (VIII) is one wherein G and G 1 are as defined above and in which the remaining variables have the following definitions:
- Ar 1 is phenyl or R 10 -substituted phenyl, wherein R 10 is halogeno;
- Ar 2 is phenyl or R 11 -phenyl, wherein R 11 is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 6 alkoxy and halogeno;
- Q is a bond and R 1 is lower alkylene; Q, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the group wherein preferably R 13 and R 14 are each ethylene and a and b are each 1, and wherein R 12 is Q is a bond and R 1 is —O—CH 2 —CH(OH)—; Q is a bond and R 1 is —CH(OH)—(CH 2 ) 2 —; or Q is a bond and R 1 is —CH(OH)—CH 2 —S(O) 0-2 —.
- R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, benzyl and acetyl.
- Preferred variables for group G or G 1 of the formula: are as follows:
- R 3 , R 3a , R 4 and R 4a are selected from the group consisting of H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, benzyl and acetyl;
- R, R a and R b are independently selected from the group consisting of H, —OH, halogeno, —NH 2 , azido, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy(C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy and —W—R 30 ,
- W is —O—C(O)— or —O—C(O)—NR 31 —
- R 31 is H and R 30 is (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, —C(O)—(C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy-(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, T, T-(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, or T or T-(C 1-C 6 )alkyl wherein T is substituted by one or two halogeno or (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl groups.
- Preferred R 30 substituents are selected from the group consisting of: 2-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2-thienylmethyl, 2-methoxy-carbonylethyl, thiazol-2-yl-methyl, 2-furyl, 2-methoxycarbonylbutyl and phenyl.
- R, R a and R b are as follows:
- R, R a and R b are independently —OH or —O—C(O)—R 30 and R 30 is (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, T, or T substituted by one or two halogeno or (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl groups, especially compounds wherein R is —OH and R a and R b are —O—C(O)—R 30 wherein R 30 is 2-furyl; and
- R 26 is H or OH, more preferably H.
- the —O-G substituent is preferably in the 4-position of the phenyl ring to which it is attached.
- sterol inhibitors useful in the compositions and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (IX) below: or isomers of the compounds of Formula (IX), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IX) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (IX), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (IX) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IX), wherein in Formula (IX) above:
- R 26 is selected from the group consisting of:
- R 1 is selected from the group consisting of —SO 3 H; natural and unnatural amino acids.
- R, R a and R b are independently selected from the group consisting of H, —OH, halogeno, —NH 2 , azido, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy(C 1 -C 6 )-alkoxy and —W—R 30 ;
- W is independently selected from the group consisting of —NH—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—N(R 31 )—, —NH—C(O)—N(R 31 )— and —O—C(S)—N(R 31 )—;
- R 2 and R 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl and aryl(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl;
- R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 7 , R 3a and R 4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, —C(O)(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl and —C(O)aryl;
- R 30 is independently selected form the group consisting of R 32 -substituted T, R 32 -substituted-T-(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, R 32 -substituted-(C 2 -C 4 )alkenyl, R 32 -substituted-(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, R 32 -substituted-(C 3 -C 7 )cycloalkyl and R 32 -substituted-(C 3 -C 7 )cycloalkyl(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl;
- R 31 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl
- T is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
- R 32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogeno, (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, —OH, phenoxy, —CF 3 , —NO 2 , (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C 1 -C 4 )alkylsulfanyl, (C 1 -C 4 )alkylsulfinyl, (C 1 -C 4 )alkylsulfonyl, —N(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(O)—NH(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, —C(O)—N((C 1 -C 4 )alkyl) 2 , —C(O)—(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, —C(O)—(C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R 32 is a co
- Ar 1 is aryl or R 10 -substituted aryl
- Ar 2 is aryl or R 11 -substituted aryl
- Q is —(CH 2 ) q —, wherein q is 2-6, or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone,
- R 12 is
- R 10 and R 11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, —OR 19 , —O(CO)R 19 , —O(CO)OR 21 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-5 OR 19 , —O(CO)NR 19 R 20 , —NR 19 R 20 , —NR 19 (CO)R 20 , —NR 19 (CO)OR 21 , —NR 19 (CO)NR 20 R 25 , —NR 19 SO 2 R 21 , —COOR 19 , —CONR 19 R 20 , —COR 19 , —SO 2 NR 19 R 20 , S(O) 0-2 R 21 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 —COOR 19 , —O(CH 2 ) 1-10 CONR 19 R 20 , —(C 1 -C 6 alkylene)-COOR 19 , —CH ⁇ CH—COOR 19 ,
- Ar 1 can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
- R 19 and R 20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl;
- R 21 is (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl or R 24 -substituted aryl;
- R 22 is H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, —C(O)R 19 or —COOR 19 ;
- R 23 and R 24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy, —COOH, NO 2 , —NR 19 R 20 , —OH and halogeno; and
- R 25 is H, —OH or (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy.
- Ar 2 is preferably phenyl or R 11 -phenyl, especially (4-R 11 )-substituted phenyl.
- R 11 are lower alkoxy, especially methoxy, and halogeno, especially fluoro.
- Ar 1 is preferably phenyl or R 10 -substituted phenyl, especially (4-R 10 )— substituted phenyl.
- R 10 is halogeno, especially fluoro.
- Q is a lower alkyl or a spiro group as defined above, wherein preferably R 13 and R 14 are each ethylene and R 12 is .
- a preferred compound of formula IX is one wherein R 1 is as defined above and in which the remaining variables have the following definitions:
- Ar 1 is phenyl or R 10 -substituted phenyl, wherein R 10 is halogeno;
- Ar 2 is phenyl or R 11 -phenyl, wherein R 11 is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 6 alkoxy and halogeno;
- R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, benzyl and acetyl.
- R 3 , R 3a , R 4 and R 4a are selected from the group consisting of H, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, benzyl and acetyl;
- R, R a and R b are independently selected from the group consisting of H, —OH, halogeno, —NH 2 , azido, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy(C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy and —W—R 30 , wherein W is —O— C(O)— or —O—C(O)—NR 31 —, R 31 is H and R 30 is (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, —C(O)—(C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy-(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, T, T-(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, or T or T-(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl wherein T is substituted by one or two halogeno or (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl groups.
- Preferred R 30 substituents are 2-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2-thienylmethyl, 2-methoxy-carbonylethyl, thiazol-2-yl-methyl, 2-furyl, 2-methoxycarbonylbutyl and phenyl.
- R, R a and R b are as follows: 1) R, R a and R b are independently —OH or —O—C(O)—NH—R 30 , especially wherein R a is —OH and R and R b are —O—C(O)—NH—R 30 and R 30 is selected from the preferred substituents identified above, or wherein R and R a are —OH and R b is —O—C(O)—NH—R 30 wherein R 30 is 2-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl; 2) R a is —OH, halogeno, azido or (C 1 -C 6 )-alkoxy(C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy, R b is H, halogeno, azido or (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy(C 1 -C 6 )-alkoxy, and R is —O—C(O)
- R 1 is preferably selected from: wherein Ac is acetyl and Ph is phenyl.
- An example of a useful compound of this invention is one represented by the formula X: wherein R 1 is defined as above, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compound of Formula (X), or prodrugs of the compound of Formula (X) or of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compound of Formula (X).
- a more preferred compound is one represented by formula XI: or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compound of Formula (XI), or prodrugs of the compound of Formula (XI) or of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compound of Formula (XI).
- compositions, pharmaceutical compositions, therapeutic combinations, kits and methods of treatment as described above comprise: (a) at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and (b) at least one substituted azetidinone compound or at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or of the isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted
- Suitable substituted azetidinone compounds or substituted ⁇ -lactam compounds can be selected from any of the compounds discussed above in Formulae I-XI.
- Other useful substituted azetidinone compounds include N-sulfonyl-2-azetidinones such as are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,983,597 and ethyl 4-(2-oxoazetidin-4-yl)phenoxy-alkanoates such as are disclosed in Ram et al., Indian J. Chem. Sect. B. 29B, 12 (1990), p. 1134-7, which are incorporated by reference herein.
- the compounds of Formulae I-XI can be prepared by known methods, including the methods discussed above and, for example, WO 93/02048 describes the preparation of compounds wherein —R 1 -Q- is alkylene, alkenylene or alkylene interrupted by a hetero atom, phenylene or cycloalkylene; WO 94/17038 describes the preparation of compounds wherein Q is a spirocyclic group; WO 95/08532 describes the preparation of compounds wherein —R 1 -Q- is a hydroxy-substituted alkylene group; PCT/US95/03196 describes compounds wherein —R 1 -Q- is a hydroxy-substituted alkylene attached to the Ar 1 moiety through an —O— or S(O) 0-2 - group; and U.S.
- the daily dose of the sterol absorption inhibitor(s) can range from about 0.1 to about 1000 mg per day, preferably about 0.25 to about 50 mg/day, and more preferably about 10 mg per day, given in a single dose or 2-4 divided doses.
- the exact dose is determined by the attending clinician and is dependent on the potency of the compound administered, the age, weight, condition and response of the patient.
- the weights indicated above refer to the weight of the acid equivalent or the base equivalent of the therapeutic compound derived from the salt.
- compositions or therapeutic combinations can further comprise one or more pharmacological or therapeutic agents or drugs such as cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors and/or lipid-lowering agents discussed below.
- composition or treatment can further comprise one or more cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
- Non-limiting examples of cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors for use in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention include competitive inhibitors of HMG CoA reductase, the rate-limiting step in cholesterol biosynthesis, squalene synthase inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors and mixtures thereof.
- HMG CoA reductase inhibitors include statins such as lovastatin (for example MEVACOR® which is available from Merck & Co.), pravastatin (for example PRAVACHOL® which is available from Bristol Meyers Squibb), fluvastatin, simvastatin (for example ZOCOR® which is available from Merck & Co.), atorvastatin, cerivastatin, CI-981, rivastatin (sodium 7-(4-fluorophenyl)-2,6-diisopropyl-5-methoxymethylpyridin-3-yl)-3,5-dihydroxy-6-heptanoate), rosuvastatin, pitavastatin (such as NK-104 of Negma Kowa of Japan); HMG CoA synthetase inhibitors, for example L-659,699 ((E,E)-11-[3′R-(hydroxy-methyl)-4′-oxo-2′R-
- a total daily dosage of cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitor(s) can range from about 0.1 to about 160 mg per day, and preferably about 0.2 to about 80 mg/day in single or 2-3 divided doses.
- the composition or treatment comprises the compound of Formula (II) in combination with one or more peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor(s) activator(s) and one or more cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors.
- the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) is a fibric acid derivative selected from gemfibrozil, clofibrate and/or fenofibrate.
- the cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitor comprises one or more HMG CoA reductase inhibitors, such as, for example, lovastatin, pravastatin and/or simvastatin. More preferably, the composition or treatment comprises the compound of Formula (II) in combination with simvastatin and gemfibrozil or fenofibrate.
- compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more bile acid sequestrants (insoluble anion exchange resins), coadministered with or in combination with the PPAR activators(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
- bile acid sequestrants insoluble anion exchange resins
- Bile acid sequestrants bind bile acids in the intestine, interrupting the enterohepatic circulation of bile acids and causing an increase in the faecal excretion of steroids. Use of bile acid sequestrants is desirable because of their non-systemic mode of action. Bile acid sequestrants can lower intrahepatic cholesterol and promote the synthesis of apo B/E (LDL) receptors that bind LDL from plasma to further reduce cholesterol levels in the blood.
- LDL apo B/E
- Non-limiting examples of suitable bile acid sequestrants include cholestyramine (a styrene-divinylbenzene copolymer containing quaternary ammonium cationic groups capable of binding bile acids, such as QUESTRAN® or QUESTRAN LIGHT® cholestyramine which are available from Bristol-Myers Squibb), colestipol (a copolymer of diethylenetriamine and 1-chloro-2,3-epoxypropane, such as COLESTID® tablets which are available from Pharmacia), colesevelam hydrochloride (such as WelChol® Tablets (poly(allylamine hydrochloride) cross-linked with epichlorohydrin and alkylated with 1-bromodecane and (6-bromohexyl)-trimethylammonium bromide) which are available from Sankyo), water soluble derivatives such as 3,3-ioene, N-(cycloalkyl)alkylamines and poli
- Suitable inorganic cholesterol sequestrants include bismuth salicylate plus montmorillonite clay, aluminum hydroxide and calcium carbonate antacids.
- a total daily dosage of bile acid sequestrant(s) can range from about 1 to about 50 grams per day, and preferably about 2 to about 16 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
- compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise one or more ileal bile acid transport (“IBAT”) inhibitors (or apical sodium co-dependent bile acid transport (“ASBT”) inhibitors) coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
- IBAT ileal bile acid transport
- ASBT apical sodium co-dependent bile acid transport
- the IBAT inhibitors can inhibit bile acid transport to reduce LDL cholesterol levels.
- IBAT inhibitors include benzothiepines such as therapeutic compounds comprising a 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1-benzothiepine 1,1-dioxide structure such as are disclosed in PCT Patent Application WO 00/38727 which is incorporated herein by reference.
- a total daily dosage of IBAT inhibitor(s) can range from about 0.01 to about 1000 mg/day, and preferably about 0.1 to about 50 mg/day in single or 24 divided doses.
- compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise nicotinic acid (niacin) and/or derivatives thereof coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
- nicotinic acid niacin
- derivatives thereof coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
- nicotinic acid derivative means a compound comprising a pyridine-3-carboxylate structure or a pyrazine-2-carboxylate structure, including acid forms, salts, esters, zwitterions and tautomers, where available.
- nicotinic acid derivatives include niceritrol, nicofuranose and acipimox (5-methyl pyrazine-2-carboxylic acid 4-oxide). Nicotinic acid and its derivatives inhibit hepatic production of VLDL and its metabolite LDL and increases HDL and apo A-1 levels.
- An example of a suitable nicotinic acid product is NIASPAN® (niacin extended-release tablets) which are available from Kos.
- a total daily dosage of nicotinic acid or a derivative thereof can range from about 500 to about 10,000 mg/day, preferably about 1000 to about 8000 mg/day, and more preferably about 3000 to about 6000 mg/day in single or divided doses.
- compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise one or more AcylCoA:Cholesterol O-acyltransferase (“ACAT”) Inhibitors, which can reduce LDL and VLDL levels, coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
- ACAT is an enzyme responsible for esterifying excess intracellular cholesterol and may reduce the synthesis of VLDL, which is a product of cholesterol esterification, and overproduction of apo B-100-containing lipoproteins.
- Non-limiting examples of useful ACAT inhibitors include avasimibe ([[2,4,6-tris(1-methylethyl)phenyl]acetyl]sulfamic acid, 2,6-bis(1-methylethyl)phenyl ester, formerly known as CI-1011), HL-004, lecimibide (DuP-128) and CL-277082 (N-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-N-[[4-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)phenyl]methyl]-N-heptylurea). See P. Chang et al., “Current, New and Future Treatments in Dyslipidaemia and Atherosclerosis”, Drugs July 2000;60(1); 55-93, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- a total daily dosage of ACAT inhibitor(s) can range from about 0.1 to about 1000 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
- compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise one or more Cholesteryl Ester Transfer Protein (“CETP”) Inhibitors coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
- CETP is responsible for the exchange or transfer of cholesteryl ester carrying HDL and triglycerides in VLDL.
- Non-limiting examples of suitable CETP inhibitors are disclosed in PCT Patent Application No. WO 00/38721 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,147,090, which are incorporated herein by reference.
- Pancreatic cholesteryl ester hydrolase (pCEH) inhibitors such as WAY-121898 also can be coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor(s) activator and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
- a total daily dosage of CETP inhibitor(s) can range from about 0.01 to about 1000 mg/day, and preferably about 0.5 to about 20 mg/kg body weight/day in single or divided doses.
- compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise probucol or derivatives thereof (such as AGI-1067 and other derivatives disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,121,319 and 6,147,250), which can reduce LDL levels, coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
- probucol or derivatives thereof such as AGI-1067 and other derivatives disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,121,319 and 6,147,250
- a total daily dosage of probucol or derivatives thereof can range from about 10 to about 2000 mg/day, and preferably about 500 to about 1500 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
- compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise low-density lipoprotein (LDL) receptor activators, coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
- LDL-receptor activators include HOE-402, an imidazolidinyl-pyrimidine derivative that directly stimulates LDL receptor activity. See M. Huettinger et al., “Hypolipidemic activity of HOE-402 is Mediated by Stimulation of the LDL Receptor Pathway”, Arterioscler. Thromb. 1993; 13:1005-12.
- a total daily dosage of LDL receptor activator(s) can range from about 1 to about 1000 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
- compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise fish oil, which contains Omega 3 fatty acids (3-PUFA), which can reduce VLDL and triglyceride levels, coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
- fish oil which contains Omega 3 fatty acids (3-PUFA)
- 3-PUFA Omega 3 fatty acids
- a total daily dosage of fish oil or Omega 3 fatty acids can range from about 1 to about 30 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
- compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise natural water soluble fibers, such as psyllium, guar, oat and pectin, which can reduce cholesterol levels, coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
- natural water soluble fibers such as psyllium, guar, oat and pectin, which can reduce cholesterol levels, coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
- a total daily dosage of natural water soluble fibers can range from about 0.1 to about 10 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
- compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise plant sterols, plant stanols and/or fatty acid esters of plant stanols, such as sitostanol ester used in BENECOL® margarine, which can reduce cholesterol levels, coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
- a total daily dosage of plant sterols, plant stanols and/or fatty acid esters of plant stanols can range from about 0.5 to about 20 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
- compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise antioxidants, such as probucol, tocopherol, ascorbic acid, ⁇ -carotene and selenium, or vitamins such as vitamin B 6 or vitamin B 12 , coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
- antioxidants such as probucol, tocopherol, ascorbic acid, ⁇ -carotene and selenium
- vitamins such as vitamin B 6 or vitamin B 12
- a total daily dosage of antioxidants or vitamins can range from about 0.05 to about 10 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
- compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise monocyte and macrophage inhibitors such as polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA), thyroid hormones including throxine analogues such as CGS-26214 (a thyroxine compound with a fluorinated ring), gene therapy and use of recombinant proteins such as recombinant apo E, coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
- PUFA polyunsaturated fatty acids
- thyroid hormones including throxine analogues such as CGS-26214 (a thyroxine compound with a fluorinated ring)
- gene therapy and use of recombinant proteins such as recombinant apo E, coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
- compositions or therapeutic combinations which further comprise hormone replacement agents and compositions.
- Useful hormone agents and compositions for hormone replacement therapy of the present invention include androgens, estrogens, progestins, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and derivatives thereof. Combinations of these agents and compositions are also useful.
- the dosage of androgen and estrogen combinations vary, desirably from about 1 mg to about 4 mg androgen and from about 1 mg to about 3 mg estrogen.
- Examples include, but are not limited to, androgen and estrogen combinations such as the combination of esterified estrogens (sodium estrone sulfate and sodium equilin sulfate) and methyltestosterone (17-hydroxy-17-methyl-, (17B)-androst-4-en-3-one) available from Solvay Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Marietta, Ga., under the tradename Estratest.
- Estrogens and estrogen combinations may vary in dosage from about 0.01 mg up to 8 mg, desirably from about 0.3 mg to about 3.0 mg.
- Examples of useful estrogens and estrogen combinations include:
- esterified estrogen combinations such as sodium estrone sulfate and sodium equilin sulfate; available from Solvay under the tradename Estratab and from Monarch Pharmaceuticals, Bristol, Tenn., under the tradename Menest;
- estropipate (piperazine estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one, 3-(sulfooxy)-estrone sulfate); available from Pharmacia & Upjohn, Peapack, N.J., under the tradename Ogen and from Women First Health Care, Inc., San Diego, Calif., under the tradename Ortho-Est; and
- Progestins and estrogens may also be administered with a variety of dosages, generally from about 0.05 to about 2.0 mg progestin and about 0.001 mg to about 2 mg estrogen, desirably from about 0.1 mg to about 1 mg progestin and about 0.01 mg to about 0.5 mg estrogen.
- Examples of progestin and estrogen combinations that may vary in dosage and regimen include:
- estradiol estra-1,3,5 (10)-triene-3,17 ⁇ -diol hemihydrate
- norethindrone 17 ⁇ -acetoxy-19-nor-17 ⁇ -pregn-4-en-20-yn-3-one
- a dosage of progestins may vary from about 0.05 mg to about 10 mg or up to about 200 mg if microsized progesterone is administered.
- progestins include norethindrone; available from ESI Lederle, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa., under the tradename Aygestin, from Ortho-McNeil under the tradename Micronor, and from Watson under the tradename Nor-QD; norgestrel; available from Wyeth-Ayerst under the tradename Ovrette; micronized progesterone (pregn-4-ene-3,20-dione); available from Solvay under the tradename Prometrium; and medroxyprogesterone acetate; available from Pharmacia & Upjohn under the tradename Provera.
- compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more obesity control medications.
- Useful obesity control medications include, but are not limited to, drugs that reduce energy intake or suppress appetite, drugs that increase energy expenditure and nutrient-partitioning agents.
- Suitable obesity control medications include, but are not limited to, noradrenergic agents (such as diethylpropion, mazindol, phenylpropanolamine, phentermine, phendimetrazine, phendamine tartrate, methamphetamine, phendimetrazine and tartrate); serotonergic agents (such as sibutramine, fenfluramine, dexfenfluramine, fluoxetine, fluvoxamine and paroxtine); thermogenic agents (such as ephedrine, caffeine, theophylline, and selective ⁇ 3-adrenergic agonists); alpha-blocking agents; kainite or AMPA receptor antagonists; leptin-lipolysis stimulated receptors;
- compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more blood modifiers which are chemically different from the substituted azetidinone and substituted ⁇ -lactam compounds (such as compounds I-XI above) and the PPAR receptor activators discussed above, for example, they contain one or more different atoms, have a different arrangement of atoms or a different number of one or more atoms than the sterol absorption inhibitor(s) or PPAR receptor activators discussed above.
- blood modifiers which are chemically different from the substituted azetidinone and substituted ⁇ -lactam compounds (such as compounds I-XI above) and the PPAR receptor activators discussed above, for example, they contain one or more different atoms, have a different arrangement of atoms or a different number of one or more atoms than the sterol absorption inhibitor(s) or PPAR receptor activators discussed above.
- Useful blood modifiers include but are not limited to anti-coagulants (argatroban, bivalirudin, dalteparin sodium, desirudin, dicumarol, lyapolate sodium, nafamostat mesylate, phenprocoumon, tinzaparin sodium, warfarin sodium); antithrombotic (anagrelide hydrochloride, bivalirudin, cilostazol, dalteparin sodium, danaparoid sodium, dazoxiben hydrochloride, efegatran sulfate, enoxaparin sodium, fluretofen, ifetroban, ifetroban sodium, lamifiban, lotrafiban hydrochloride, napsagatran, orbofiban acetate, roxifiban acetate, sibrafiban, tinzaparin sodium, trifenagrel, abciximab, zolimomab aritox); fibrinogen receptor antagonists (
- compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more cardiovascular agents which are chemically different from the substituted azetidinone and substituted ⁇ -lactam compounds (such as compounds I-XI above) and the PPAR receptor activators discussed above, for example, they contain one or more different atoms, have a different arrangement of atoms or a different number of one or more atoms than the sterol absorption inhibitor(s) or PPAR receptor activators discussed above.
- cardiovascular agents which are chemically different from the substituted azetidinone and substituted ⁇ -lactam compounds (such as compounds I-XI above) and the PPAR receptor activators discussed above, for example, they contain one or more different atoms, have a different arrangement of atoms or a different number of one or more atoms than the sterol absorption inhibitor(s) or PPAR receptor activators discussed above.
- Useful cardiovascular agents include but are not limited to calcium channel blockers (clentiazem maleate, amlodipine besylate, isradipine, nimodipine, felodipine, nilvadipine, nifedipine, teludipine hydrochloride, diltiazem hydrochloride, belfosdil, verapamil hydrochloride, fostedil); adrenergic blockers (fenspiride hydrochloride, labetalol hydrochloride, proroxan, alfuzosin hydrochloride, acebutolol, acebutolol hydrochloride, alprenolol hydrochloride, atenolol, bunolol hydrochloride, carteolol hydrochloride, celiprolol hydrochloride, cetamolol hydrochloride, cicloprolol hydrochloride, dexpropranolol hydrochlor
- compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more antidiabetic medications for reducing blood glucose levels in a human.
- antidiabetic medications include, but are not limited to, drugs that reduce energy intake or suppress appetite, drugs that increase energy expenditure and nutrient-partitioning agents.
- Suitable antidiabetic medications include, but are not limited to, sulfonylurea (such as acetohexamide, chlorpropamide, gliamilide, gliclazide, glimepiride, glipizide, glyburide, glibenclamide, tolazamide, and tolbutamide), meglitinide (such as repaglinide and nateglinide), biguanide (such as metformin and buformin), alpha-glucosidase inhibitor (such as acarbose, miglitol, camiglibose, and voglibose), certain peptides (such as amlintide, pramlintide, exendin, and GLP-1 agonistic peptides), and orally administrable insulin or insulin composition for intestinal delivery thereof.
- a total dosage of the above-described antidiabetic medications can range from 0.1 to 1,000 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
- compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention can be used in the compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention.
- the present invention provides a composition or therapeutic combination comprising (a) at least one AcylCoA:Cholesterol O-acyltransferase Inhibitor and (b) at least one substituted azetidinone compound or at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or of the isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam
- the present invention provides a composition or therapeutic combination comprising (a) probucol or a derivative thereof and (b) at least one substituted azetidinone compound or at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or of the isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound.
- the present invention provides a composition or therapeutic combination comprising (a) at least one low-density lipoprotein receptor activator and (b) at least one substituted azetidinone compound or at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or of the isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound.
- the present invention provides a composition or therapeutic combination comprising (a) at least one Omega 3 fatty acid and (b) at least one substituted azetidinone compound or at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or of the isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound.
- the present invention provides a composition or therapeutic combination comprising (a) at least one natural water soluble fiber and (b) at least one substituted azetidinone compound or at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or of the isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound.
- the present invention provides a composition or therapeutic combination comprising (a) at least one of plant sterols, plant stanols or fatty acid esters of plant stanols and (b) at least one substituted azetidinone compound or at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or of the isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇
- the present invention provides a composition or therapeutic combination comprising (a) at least one antioxidant or vitamin and (b) at least one substituted azetidinone compound or at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or of the isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound.
- compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention can be administered to a mammal in need of such treatment in a therapeutically effective amount to treat one or more conditions, for example vascular conditions such as atherosclerosis, hyperlipidaemia (including but not limited to hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridaemia, sitosterolemia), vascular inflammation, stroke, diabetes, obesity, and/or reduce the level of sterol(s) in the plasma.
- vascular conditions such as atherosclerosis, hyperlipidaemia (including but not limited to hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridaemia, sitosterolemia), vascular inflammation, stroke, diabetes, obesity, and/or reduce the level of sterol(s) in the plasma.
- the compositions and treatments can be administered by any suitable means which produce contact of these compounds with the site of action in the body, for example in the plasma, liver or small intestine of a mammal or human.
- the daily dosage for the various compositions and therapeutic combinations described above can be administered to a patient in a single dose or in multiple subdoses, as desired. Subdoses can be administered 2 to 6 times per day, for example. Sustained release dosages can be used. Where the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor(s) activator and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) are administered in separate dosages, the number of doses of each component given per day may not necessarily be the same, e.g., one component may have a greater duration of activity and will therefore need to be administered less frequently.
- the pharmaceutical treatment compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention can further comprise one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, one or more excipients and/or one or more additives.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include solids and/or liquids such as ethanol, glycerol, water and the like.
- the amount of carrier in the treatment composition can range from about 5 to about 99 weight percent of the total weight of the treatment composition or therapeutic combination.
- suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and additives include non-toxic compatible fillers, binders such as starch, disintegrants, buffers, preservatives, anti-oxidants, lubricants, flavorings, thickeners, coloring agents, emulsifiers and the like.
- the amount of excipient or additive can range from about 0.1 to about 90 weight percent of the total weight of the treatment composition or therapeutic combination.
- the amount of carrier(s), excipients and additives can vary.
- the treatment compositions of the present invention can be administered in any conventional dosage form, preferably an oral dosage form such as a capsule, tablet, powder, cachet, suspension or solution.
- an oral dosage form such as a capsule, tablet, powder, cachet, suspension or solution.
- the formulations and pharmaceutical compositions can be prepared using conventional pharmaceutically acceptable and conventional techniques. Several examples of preparation of dosage formulations are provided below.
- the term “Active Compound I” designates a substituted azetidinone compound, ⁇ -lactam compound or any of the compounds of Formulae I-XI described herein above, or isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or any of the compounds of Formulae I-XI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or any of the compounds of Formulae I-XI or of the isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or any of the compounds of Formulae I-XI, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or any of the compounds of Formulae I-XI, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azet
- the above-described tablet can be coadministered with a tablet, capsule, etc. comprising a dosage of Active Compound II, for example a TRICOR® capsule as described above.
- kits are contemplated wherein two separate units are combined: a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator and a separate pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one sterol absorption inhibitor as described above.
- the kit will preferably include directions for the administration of the separate components.
- the kit form is particularly advantageous when the separate components must be administered in different dosage forms (e.g., oral and parenteral) or are administered at different dosage intervals.
- the treatment compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention can inhibit the intestinal absorption of cholesterol in mammals, as shown in the Example below, and can be useful in the treatment and/or prevention of conditions, for example vascular conditions, such as atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia and sitosterolemia, stroke, obesity and lowering of plasma levels of cholesterol in mammals, in particular in mammals.
- vascular conditions such as atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia and sitosterolemia
- stroke lowering of plasma levels of cholesterol in mammals, in particular in mammals.
- compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention can inhibit sterol absorption or reduce plasma concentration of at least one sterol selected from the group consisting of phytosterols (such as sitosterol, campesterol, stigmasterol and avenosterol), 5 ⁇ -stanols (such as cholestanol, 5 ⁇ -campestanol, 5 ⁇ -sitostanol), cholesterol and mixtures thereof.
- the plasma concentration can be reduced by administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of at least one treatment composition or therapeutic combination comprising at least one PPAR activator and at least one sterol absorption inhibitor described above.
- the reduction in plasma concentration of sterols can range from about 1 to about 70 percent, and preferably about 10 to about 50 percent.
- Methods of measuring serum total blood cholesterol and total LDL cholesterol are well known to those skilled in the art and for example include those disclosed in PCT WO 99/38498 at page 11, incorporated by reference herein.
- Methods of determining levels of other sterols in serum are disclosed in H. Gylling et al., “Serum Sterols During Stanol Ester Feeding in a Mildly Hypercholesterolemic Population”, J. Lipid Res. 40: 593-600 (1999), incorporated by reference herein.
- Step 1) To a solution of (S)-4-phenyl-2-oxazolidinone (41 g, 0.25 mol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (200 ml), was added 4-dimethylaminopyridine (2.5 g, 0.02 mol) and triethylamine (84.7 ml, 0.61 mol) and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. Methyl-4-(chloroformyl)butyrate (50 g, 0.3 mol) was added as a solution in CH 2 Cl 2 (375 ml) dropwise over 1 h, and the reaction was allowed to warm to 22° C.
- Step 2 To a solution of TiCl 4 (18.2 ml, 0.165 mol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (600 ml) at 0° C., was added titanium isopropoxide (16.5 ml, 0.055 mol). After 15 min, the product of Step 1 (49.0 g, 0.17 mol) was added as a solution in CH 2 Cl 2 (100 ml). After 5 min., diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) (65.2 ml, 0.37 mol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C.
- DIPEA diisopropylethylamine
- Step 3 To a solution of the product of Step 2 (8.9 g, 14.9 mmol) in toluene (100 ml) at 50° C., was added N,O-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide (BSA) (7.50 ml, 30.3 mmol). After 0.5 h, solid TBAF (0.39 g, 1.5 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at 50° C. for an additional 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 22° C., CH 3 OH (10 ml), was added. The reaction mixture was washed with HCl (1N), NaHCO 3 (1N) and NaCl (sat'd.), and the organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 .
- BSA N,O-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide
- Step 4) To a solution of the product of Step 3 (0.94 g, 2.2 mmol) in CH 3 OH (3 ml), was added water (1 ml) and LiOH.H 2 O (102 mg, 2.4 mmole). The reaction mixture was stirred at 22° C. for 1 h and then additional LiOH.H 2 O (54 mg, 1.3 mmole) was added. After a total of 2 h, HCl (1 N) and EtOAc was added, the layers were separated, the organic layer was dried and concentrated in vacuo.
- Step 5 To an efficiently stirred suspension of 4-fluorophenylzinc chloride (4.4 mmol) prepared from 4-fluorophenylmagnesium bromide (1 M in THF, 4.4 ml, 4.4 mmol) and ZnCl 2 (0.6 g, 4.4 mmol) at 4° C., was added tetrakis(triphenyl-phosphine)palladium (0.25 g, 0.21 mmol) followed by the product of Step 4 (0.94 g, 2.2 mmol) as a solution in THF (2 ml). The reaction was stirred for 1 h at 0° C. and then for 0.5 h at 22° C.
- Step 6) To the product of Step 5 (0.95 g, 1.91 mmol) in THF (3 ml), was added (R)-tetrahydro-1-methyl-3,3-diphenyl-1H,3H-pyrrolo-[1,2-c][1,3,2]oxazaborole (120 mg, 0.43 mmol) and the mixture was cooled to ⁇ 20° C. After 5 min, borohydride-dimethylsulfide complex (2M in THF, 0.85 ml, 1.7 mmol) was added dropwise over 0.5 h.
- Step 6′ (Alternative): To a solution of the product of Step 5 (0.14 g, 0.3 mmol) in ethanol (2 ml), was added 10% Pd/C (0.03 g) and the reaction was stirred under a pressure (60 psi) of H 2 gas for 16 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the solvent was concentrated to afford a 1:1 mixture of compounds 6A and 6B.
- Serum lipids were assessed predose (after a minimum of a 10-hour fast) on Day 1 (Baseline), Day 7 and Day 14.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods including: (a) at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and (b) at least one substituted azetidinone or substituted β-lactam sterol absorption inhibitor which can be useful for treating vascular conditions, diabetes, obesity and lowering plasma levels of sterols.
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/057,323, which claims the benefit of priority from U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/264,396 filed Jan. 26, 2001 and U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/323,839 filed Sep. 21, 2001, each incorporated herein by reference.
- The present invention relates to compositions and therapeutic combinations comprising peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and certain sterol absorption inhibitor(s) for treating vascular and lipidemic conditions such as are associated with atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia and other vascular conditions in mammals.
- Atherosclerotic coronary heart disease (CHD) represents the major cause for death and vascular morbidity in the western world. Risk factors for atherosclerotic coronary heart disease include hypertension, diabetes mellitus, family history, male gender, cigarette smoke and serum cholesterol. A total cholesterol level in excess of 225-250 mg/dl is associated with significant elevation of risk of CHD.
- Cholesteryl esters are a major component of atherosclerotic lesions and the major storage form of cholesterol in arterial wall cells. Formation of cholesteryl esters is also a step in the intestinal absorption of dietary cholesterol. Thus, inhibition of cholesteryl ester formation and reduction of serum cholesterol can inhibit the progression of atherosclerotic lesion formation, decrease the accumulation of cholesteryl esters in the arterial wall, and block the intestinal absorption of dietary cholesterol.
- The regulation of whole-body cholesterol homeostasis in mammals and animals involves the regulation of dietary cholesterol and modulation of cholesterol biosynthesis, bile acid biosynthesis and the catabolism of the cholesterol-containing plasma lipoproteins. The liver is the major organ responsible for cholesterol biosynthesis and catabolism and, for this reason, it is a prime determinant of plasma cholesterol levels. The liver is the site of synthesis and secretion of very low density lipoproteins (VLDL) which are subsequently metabolized to low density lipoproteins (LDL) in the circulation. LDL are the predominant cholesterol-carrying lipoproteins in the plasma and an increase in their concentration is correlated with increased atherosclerosis. When intestinal cholesterol absorption is reduced, by whatever means, less cholesterol is delivered to the liver. The consequence of this action is decreased hepatic lipoprotein (VLDL) production and an increase in the hepatic clearance of plasma cholesterol, mostly as LDL. Thus, the net effect of inhibiting intestinal cholesterol absorption is a decrease in plasma cholesterol levels.
- Fibric acid derivatives (“fibrates”), such as fenofibrate, gemfibrozil and clofibrate, have been used to lower triglycerides, moderately lower LDL levels and increase HDL levels. Fibric acid derivatives are also known to be peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor alpha activators.
- U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,767,115, 5,624,920, 5,668,990, 5,656,624 and 5,688,787, respectively, disclose hydroxy-substituted azetidinone compounds and substituted β-lactam compounds useful for lowering cholesterol and/or in inhibiting the formation of cholesterol-containing lesions in mammalian arterial walls. U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,846,966 and 5,661,145, respectively, disclose hydroxy-substituted azetidinone compounds or substituted β-lactam compounds in combination with HMG CoA reductase inhibitors for preventing or treating atherosclerosis and reducing plasma cholesterol levels.
- PCT Patent Application No. WO 00/38725 discloses cardiovascular therapeutic combinations including an ileal bile acid transport inhibitor or cholesteryl ester transport protein inhibitor in combination with a fibric acid derivative, nicotinic acid derivative, microsomal triglyceride transfer protein inhibitor, cholesterol absorption antagonist, phytosterol, stanol, antihypertensive agent or bile acid sequestrant.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,698,527 discloses ergostanone derivatives substituted with disaccharides as cholesterol absorption inhibitors, employed alone or in combination with certain other cholesterol lowering agents, which are useful in the treatment of hypercholesterolemia and related disorders.
- Despite recent improvements in the treatment of vascular disease, there remains a need in the art for improved compositions and treatments for hyperlipidaemia, atherosclerosis and other vascular conditions.
- In one embodiment, the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (I):
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (I) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (I) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof,
wherein in Formula (I) above: - Ar1 and Ar2 are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl and R4-substituted aryl;
- Ar3 is aryl or R5-substituted aryl;
- X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(lower alkyl)- and —C(dilower alkyl)-;
- R and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9 and —O(CO)NR6R7;
- R1 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl;
- q is 0 or 1;
- r is 0 or 1;
- m, n and p are independently selected from 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; provided that at least one of q and r is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, q and r is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and provided that when p is 0 and r is 1, the sum of m, q and n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- R4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR6, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2R9, —COOR6, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6, —CH═CH—COOR6, —CF3, —CN, —NO2 and halogen;
- R5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR6, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2R9, —COOR6, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R6, —O(CH2)1-10COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and —CH═CH—COOR6;
- R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and
- R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl.
-
- In another embodiment, the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (III):
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (III) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (III) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (III) above: - Ar1 is R3-substituted aryl; Ar2 is R4-substituted aryl; Ar3 is R5-substituted aryl;
- Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(lower alkyl)- and —C(dilower alkyl)-;
- A is selected from —O—, —S—, —S(O)— or —S(O)2—;
- R1 is selected from the group consisting of —OR, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9 and —O(CO)NR6R7; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl; or R1 and R2 together are ═O;
- q is 1, 2 or 3;
- p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- R5 is 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR9, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2-lower alkyl, —NR6SO2-aryl, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2-alkyl, S(O)0-2-aryl, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, o-halogeno, m-halogeno, o-lower alkyl, m-lower alkyl, -(lower alkylene)-COOR6, and —CH═CH—COOR6;
- R3 and R4 are independently 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of R5, hydrogen, p-lower alkyl, aryl, —NO2, —CF3 and p-halogeno;
- R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and
- R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl.
- In another embodiment, the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (IV):
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IV) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (IV) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (IV) above: - A is selected from the group consisting of R2-substituted heterocycloalkyl, R2-substituted heteroaryl, R2-substituted benzofused heterocycloalkyl, and R2-substituted benzofused heteroaryl;
- Ar1 is aryl or R3-substituted aryl;
- Ar2 is aryl or R4-substituted aryl;
-
- R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-
- —(CH2)q—, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1;
- —(CH2)e-G-(CH2)r—, wherein G is —O—, —C(O)—, phenylene, —NR8— or —S(O)0-2—, e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6;
- —(C2-C6 alkenylene)-; and
- —(CH2)f—V—(CH2)g—, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6;
- R is selected from:
- R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, —C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl), —CH═CH— and —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—; or R5 together with an adjacent R6, or R5 together with an adjacent R7, form a —CH═CH— or a —CH═C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;
- a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R6 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, a is 1; provided that when R7 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, b is 1; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R6's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R7's can be the same or different;
-
- where M is —O—, —S—, —S(O)— or —S(O)2—;
- X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(C1-C6 alkyl)- and —C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl);
- R10 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of —OR14, —O(CO)R14, —O(CO)OR16 and —O(CO)NR14R15;
- R11 and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R10 and R11 together are ═O, or R12 and R13 together are ═O;
- d is 1, 2 or 3;
- h is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- s is 0 or 1; t is 0 or 1; m, n and p are independently 0-4; provided that at least one of s and t is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6; provided that when p is 0 and t is 1, the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1, the sum of m, t and n is 1-5;
- v is 0 or 1;
- j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
- R2 is 1-3 substituents on the ring carbon atoms selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C10)alkyl, (C2-C10)alkenyl, (C2-C10)alkynyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkenyl, R17-substituted aryl, R17-substituted benzyl, R17-substituted benzyloxy, R17-substituted aryloxy, halogeno, —NR14R15, NR14R15(C1-C6 alkylene)-, NR14R15C(O)(C1-C6 alkylene)-, —NHC(O)R16, OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, —OC(O)R16, —COR14, hydroxy(C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)alkyl, NO2, —S(O)0-2R16, —SO2NR14R15 and —(C1-C6 alkylene)COOR14; when R2 is a substituent on a heterocycloalkyl ring, R2 is as defined, or is ═O or
and, where R2 is a substituent on a substitutable ring nitrogen, it is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, aryloxy, (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, hydroxy, —(CH2)1-6CONR18R18. - wherein J is —O—, —NH—, —NR18— or —CH2—;
- R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, —OR14, —O(CO)R14, —O(CO)OR16, —O(CH2)1-5OR14, —O(CO)NR14R15, —NR14R15, —NR14(CO)R15, —NR14(CO)OR16, —NR14(CO)NR15R19, —NR14SO2R16, —COOR14, —CONR14R15, —COR14, —SO2NR14R15, S(O)0-2R16, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR14, —O(CH2)1-10CONR14R15, —(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR14, —CH═CH—COOR14, —CF3, —CN, —NO2 and halogen;
- R8 is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)R14 or —COOR14;
- R9 and R17 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, —COOH, NO2, —NR14R15, OH and halogeno;
- R14 and R15 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
- R16 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R17-substituted aryl;
- R18 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl; and
- R19 is hydrogen, hydroxy or (C1-C6)alkoxy.
- In another embodiment, the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (V):
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (V) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (V) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (V) above: - Ar1 is aryl, R10-substituted aryl or heteroaryl;
- Ar2 is aryl or R4-substituted aryl;
- Ar3 is aryl or R5-substituted aryl;
- X and Y are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(lower alkyl)- and —C(dilower alkyl)-;
- R is —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9 or —O(CO)NR6R7; R1 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or aryl; or R and R1 together are ═O;
- q is 0 or 1;
- r is 0, 1 or 2;
- m and n are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; provided that the sum of m, n and q is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- R4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR6, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2R9, —COOR6, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and —CH═CH—COOR6;
- R5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR6, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2R9, —COOR6, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, —CF3, —CN, —NO2, halogen, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and —CH═CH—COOR6;
- R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl;
- R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and
- R10 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR6, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2R9, —COOR6, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, —S(O)0-2R9, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, —CF3, —CN, —NO2 and halogen.
- In another embodiment, the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (VI):
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VI) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VI) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein in Formula (VI) above: -
- R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of: —CH2—, —CH(lower alkyl)-, —C(di-lower alkyl)-, —CH═CH— and —C(lower alkyl)=CH—; or R1 together with an adjacent R2, or R1 together with an adjacent R3, form a —CH═CH— or a —CH═C(lower alkyl)- group;
- u and v are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R2 is —CH═CH— or —C(lower alkyl)=CH—, v is 1; provided that when R3 is —CH═CH— or —C(lower alkyl)=CH—, u is 1; provided that when v is 2 or 3, the R2's can be the same or different; and provided that when u is 2 or 3, the R3's can be the same or different;
- R4 is selected from B—(CH2)mC(O)—, wherein m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; B—(CH2)q—, wherein q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; B—(CH2)e-Z-(CH2)r—, wherein Z is —O—, —C(O)—, phenylene, —N(R8)— or —S(O)0-2—, e is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of e and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; B—(C2-C6 alkenylene)-; B—(C4-C6 alkadienylene)-; B—(CH2)t-Z-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-, wherein Z is as defined above, and wherein t is 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; B—(CH2)f—V—(CH2)g—, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 and g is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; B—(CH2)t—V—(C2-C6 alkenylene)- or B—(C2-C6 alkenylene)-V—(CH2)t—, wherein V and t are as defined above, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; B—(CH2)a-Z-(CH2)b—V—(CH2)d—, wherein Z and V are as defined above and a, b and d are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, provided that the sum of a, b and d is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or T-(CH2)s—, wherein T is cycloalkyl of 3-6 carbon atoms and s is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or
-
- B is selected from indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, heteroaryl or W-substituted heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl and furanyl, and for nitrogen-containing heteroaryls, the N-oxides thereof, or
- W is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, hydroxy lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, (lower alkoxyimino)-lower alkyl, lower alkanedioyl, lower alkyl lower alkanedioyl, allyloxy, —CF3, —OCF3, benzyl, R7-benzyl, benzyloxy, R7-benzyloxy, phenoxy, R7-phenoxy, dioxolanyl, NO2, —N(R8)(R9), N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylene-, N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylenyloxy-, OH, halogeno, —CN, —N3, —NHC(O)OR10, —NHC(O)R10, R11O2SNH—, (R11O2S)2N—, —S(O)2NH2, —S(O)0-2R8, tert-butyldimethyl-silyloxymethyl, —C(O)R12, —COOR19, —CON(R8)(R9), —CH═CHC(O)R12, -lower alkylene-C(O)R12, R10C(O)(lower alkylenyloxy)-, N(R8)(R9)C(O)(lower alkylenyloxy)- and
for substitution on ring carbon atoms, and the substituents on the substituted heteroaryl ring nitrogen atoms, when present, are selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, —C(O)OR10, —C(O)R10, OH, N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylene-, N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylenyloxy, —S(O)2NH2 and 2-(trimethylsilyl)-ethoxymethyl; - R7 is 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, —COOH, NO2, —N(R8)(R9), OH, and halogeno;
- R8 and R9 are independently selected from H or lower alkyl;
- R10 is selected from lower alkyl, phenyl, R7-phenyl, benzyl or R7-benzyl;
- R11 is selected from OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, R7-phenyl or R7-benzyl;
-
- R13 is selected from —O—, —CH2—, —NH—, —N(lower alkyl)- or —NC(O)R19;
- R15, R16 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and the groups defined for W; or R15 is hydrogen and R16 and R17, together with adjacent carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a dioxolanyl ring;
- R19 is H, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl lower alkyl; and
- R20 and R21 are independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, W-substituted naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzodioxolyl, heteroaryl, W-substituted heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl, W-substituted benzofused heteroaryl and cyclopropyl, wherein heteroaryl is as defined above.
- In another embodiment, the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and(b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (VII):
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VII) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VII) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein in Formula (VII) above: - A is —CH═CH—, —C≡C— or —(CH2)p— wherein p is 0, 1 or 2;
-
- E is C10 to C20 alkyl or —C(O)—(C9 to C19)-alkyl, wherein the alkyl is straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds;
- R is hydrogen, C1-C15 alkyl, straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds, or B—(CH2)r—, wherein r is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
- R1, R2, and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO2, NH2, OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, —NHC(O)OR5, R6O2SNH— and —S(O)2NH2;
-
- R5 is lower alkyl; and R6 is OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl or substituted phenyl wherein the substituents are 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO2, NH2, OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino and dilower alkylamino.
- In another embodiment, the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (VIII):
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VIII) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VIII) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (VIII) above, - R26 is H or OG1;
-
- R, Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of H, —OH, halogeno, —NH2, azido, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)-alkoxy or —W—R30;
- W is independently selected from the group consisting of —NH—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—N(R31)—, —NH—C(O)—N(R31)— and —O—C(S)—N(R31)—;
- R2 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C6)alkyl;
- R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)(C1-C6)alkyl and —C(O)aryl;
- R30 is selected from the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R32-substituted-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C6)alkyl;
- R31 is selected from the group consisting of H and (C1-C4)alkyl;
- T is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
- R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogeno, (C1-C4)alkyl, —OH, phenoxy, —CF3, —NO2, (C1-C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C1-C4)alkylsulfanyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonyl, —N(CH3)2, —C(O)—NH(C1-C4)alkyl, —C(O)—N((C1-C4)alkyl)2, —C(O)—(C1-C4)alkyl, —C(O)—(C1-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R31, the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group;
- Ar1 is aryl or R10-substituted aryl;
- Ar2 is aryl or R11-substituted aryl;
-
- R1 is selected from the group consisting of
-
- —(CH2)q—, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1;
- —(CH2)e-E-(CH2)r—, wherein E is —O—, —C(O)—, phenylene, —NR22— or —S(O)0-2—, e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6;
- —(C2-C6)alkenylene-; and
- —(CH2)f—V—(CH2)g—, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6;
-
- R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, —C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl), —CH═CH— and —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—; or R12 together with an adjacent R13, or R12 together with an adjacent R14, form a —CH═CH— or a —CH═C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;
- a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero;
- provided that when R13 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, a is 1;
- provided that when R14 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, b is 1;
- provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R13's can be the same or different; and
- provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R14's can be the same or different;
-
- M is —O—, —S—, —S(O)— or —S(O)2—;
- X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(C1-C6)alkyl- and —C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl);
- R10 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, —OR19, —O(CO)R19, —O(CO)OR21, —O(CH2)1-5OR19, —O(CO)NR19R20, —NR19R20, —NR19(CO)R20, —NR19(CO)OR21, —NR19(CO)NR20R25, —NR19SO2R21, —COOR19, —CONR19R20, —COR19, —SO2NR19R20, S(O)0-2R21, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR19, —O(CH2)1-10CONR19R20, —(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR19, —CH═CH—COOR19, —CF3, —CN, —NO2 and halogen;
- R15 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of —OR19, —O(CO)R19, —O(CO)OR21 and —O(CO)NR19R20;
- R16 and R18 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R15 and R16 together are ═O, or R17 and R18 together are ═O;
- d is 1, 2 or 3;
- h is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- s is 0 or 1; t is 0 or 1; m, n and p are independently 0-4;
- provided that at least one of s and t is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6;
- provided that when p is 0 and t is 1, the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1, the sum of m, t and n is 1-5;
- v is 0 or 1;
- j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5,
-
- R19 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
- R21 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R24-substituted aryl;
- R22 is H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)R19 or —COOR19;
- R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, —COOH, NO2, —NR19R20, —OH and halogeno; and
- R25 is H, —OH or (C1-C6)alkoxy.
- In another embodiment, the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (IX):
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IX) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (IX) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (IX) above, - R26 is selected from the group consisting of:
-
- a) OH;
- b) OCH3;
- c) fluorine and
- d) chlorine.
-
- R, Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of H, —OH, halogeno, —NH2, azido, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)-alkoxy and —W—R30;
- W is independently selected from the group consisting of —NH—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—N(R31)—, —NH—C(O)—N(R31)— and —O—C(S)—N(R31)—;
- R2 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C6)alkyl;
- R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)(C1-C6)alkyl and —C(O)aryl;
- R30 is independently selected form the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R32-substituted-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C6)alkyl;
- R31 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (C1-C4)alkyl;
- T is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
- R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogeno, (C1-C4)alkyl, —OH, phenoxy, —CF3, —NO2, (C1-C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C1-C4)alkylsulfanyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonyl, —N(CH3)2, —C(O)—NH(C1-C4)alkyl, —C(O)—N((C1-C4)alkyl)2, —C(O)—(C1-C4)alkyl, —C(O)—(C1-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R31, the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group;
- Ar1 is aryl or R10-substituted aryl;
- Ar2 is aryl or R11-substituted aryl;
- Q is —(CH2)q—, wherein q is 2-6, or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone,
-
-
- R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, —C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl), —CH═CH— and —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—; or R12 together with an adjacent R13, or R12 together with an adjacent R14, form a —CH═CH— or a —CH═C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;
- a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R13 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, a is 1; provided that when R14 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, b is 1; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R13's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R14's can be the same or different;
- R10 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, —OR19, —O(CO)R19, —O(CO)OR21, —O(CH2)1-5OR19, —O(CO)NR19R20, —NR19R20, —NR19(CO)R20, —NR19(CO)OR21, —NR19(CO)NR20R25, —NR19SO2R21, —COOR19, —CONR19R20, —COR19, —SO2NR19R20, S(O)0-2R21, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR19, —O(CH2)1-10CONR19R20, —(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR19, —CH═CH—COOR19, —CF3, —CN, —NO2 and halogen;
- Ar1 can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
- R19 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
- R21 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R24-substituted aryl;
- R22 is H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)R19 or —COOR19;
- R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, —COOH, NO2, —NR19R20, —OH and halogeno; and
- R25 is H, —OH or (C1-C6)alkoxy.
- Therapeutic combinations also are provided comprising: (a) a first amount of at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and (b) a second amount of at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formulae (I-XI) above or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (I-XI) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (I-XI) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein the first amount and the second amount together comprise a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal.
- Pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the above compositions or therapeutic combinations and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier also are provided.
- Methods of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the above compositions or therapeutic combinations also are provided.
- Other than in the operating examples, or where otherwise indicated, all numbers expressing quantities of ingredients, reaction conditions, and so forth used in the specification and claims are to be understood as being modified in all instances by the term “about.”
- The compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention comprise at least one (one or more) activators for peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors (PPAR). These activators act as agonists for the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors. Three subtypes of PPAR have been identified, and these are designated as peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor alpha (PPARα), peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor gamma (PPARγ) and peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor delta (PPARδ). It should be noted that PPARδ is also referred to in the literature as PPARβ and as NUC1, and each of these names refers to the same receptor.
- PPARα regulates the metabolism of lipids. PPARα is activated by fibrates and a number of medium and long-chain fatty acids, and it is involved in stimulating β-oxidation of fatty acids. The PPARγ receptor subtypes are involved in activating the program of adipocyte differentiation and are not involved in stimulating peroxisome proliferation in the liver. PPARδ has been identified as being useful in increasing high density lipoprotein (HDL) levels in humans. See, e.g., WO 97/28149.
- PPARα activator compounds are useful for, among other things, lowering triglycerides, moderately lowering LDL levels and increasing HDL levels. Examples of PPARα activators useful in the compositions of the present invention include fibrates.
- Non-limiting examples of suitable fibric acid derivatives (“fibrates”) include clofibrate (such as ethyl 2-(p-chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-propionate, for example ATROMID-S® Capsules which are commercially available from Wyeth-Ayerst); gemfibrozil (such as 5-(2,5-dimethylphenoxy)-2,2-dimethylpentanoic acid, for example LOPID® tablets which are commercially available from Parke Davis); ciprofibrate (C.A.S. Registry No. 52214-84-3, see U.S. Pat. No. 3,948,973 which is incorporated herein by reference); bezafibrate (C.A.S. Registry No. 41859-67-0, see U.S. Pat. No. 3,781,328 which is incorporated herein by reference); clinofibrate (C.A.S. Registry No. 30299-08-2, see U.S. Pat. No. 3,716,583 which is incorporated herein by reference); binifibrate (C.A.S. Registry No. 69047-39-8, see BE 884722 which is incorporated herein by reference); lifibrol (C.A.S. Registry No. 96609-16-4); fenofibrate (such as TRICOR® micronized fenofibrate (2-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)phenoxy]-2-methyl-propanoic acid, 1-methylethyl ester) which is commercially available from Abbott Laboratories or LIPANTHYL® micronized fenofibrate which is commercially available from Labortoire Founier, France) and mixtures thereof. These compounds can be used in a variety of forms, including but not limited to acid form, salt form, racemates, enantiomers, zwitterions and tautomers.
- Other examples of PPARα activators useful with the practice of the present invention include suitable fluorophenyl compounds as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,028,109 which is incorporated herein by reference; certain substituted phenylpropionic compounds as disclosed in WO 00/75103 which is incorporated herein by reference; and PPARα activator compounds as disclosed in WO 98/43081 which is incorporated herein by reference.
- Non-limiting examples of suitable PPARγ activators useful in the compositions of the present invention include suitable derivatives of glitazones or thiazolidinediones, such as, troglitazone (such as REZULIN® troglitazone (-5-[[4-[3,4-dihydro-6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8-tetramethyl-2H-1-benzopyran-2-yl)methoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione) commercially available from Parke-Davis); rosiglitazone (such as AVANDIA® rosiglitazone maleate (-5-[[4-[2-(methyl-2-pyridinylamino)ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione, (Z)-2-butenedioate) (1:1) commercially available from SmithKline Beecham) and pioglitazone (such as ACTOS™ pioglitazone hydrochloride (5-[[4-[2-(5-ethyl-2-pyridinyl)ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4-]thiazolidinedione monohydrochloride) commercially available from Takeda Pharmaceuticals). Other useful thiazolidinediones include ciglitazone, englitazone, darglitazone and BRL 49653 as disclosed in WO 98/05331 which is incorporated herein by reference; PPARγ activator compounds disclosed in WO 00/76488 which is incorporated herein by reference; and PPARγ activator compounds disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,994,554 which is incorporated herein by reference.
- Other useful PPARγ activator compounds include certain acetylphenols as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,859,051 which is incorporated herein by reference; certain quinoline phenyl compounds as disclosed in WO 99/20275 which is incorporated herein by reference; aryl compounds as disclosed by WO 99/38845 which is incorporated herein by reference; certain 1,4-disubstituted phenyl compounds as disclosed in WO 00/63161; certain aryl compounds as disclosed in WO 01/00579 which is incorporated herein by reference; benzoic acid compounds as disclosed in WO 01/12612 and WO 01/12187 which are incorporated herein by reference; and substituted 4-hydroxy-phenylalconic acid compounds as disclosed in WO 97/31907 which is incorporated herein by reference.
- PPARδ compounds are useful for, among other things, lowering triglyceride levels or raising HDL levels. Non-limiting examples of suitable PPARδ activators useful in the compositions of the present invention include suitable thiazole and oxazole derivates, such as C.A.S. Registry No. 317318-324, as disclosed in WO 01/00603 which is incorporated herein by reference); certain fluoro, chloro or thio phenoxy phenylacetic acids as disclosed in WO 97/28149 which is incorporated herein by reference; suitable non-β-oxidizable fatty acid analogues as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,093,365 which is incorporated herein by reference; and PPARδ activator compounds disclosed in WO 99/04815 which is incorporated herein by reference.
- Moreover, compounds that have multiple functionality for activating various combinations of PPARα, PPARγ and PPARδ also are useful in compositions of the present invention. Non-limiting examples include certain substituted aryl compounds as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,781; WO 00/23416; WO 00/23415; WO 00/23425; WO 00/23445; WO 00/23451; and WO 00/63153, all of which are incorporated herein by reference, which are described as being useful PPARα and/or PPARγ activator compounds. Other non-limiting examples of useful PPARα and/or PPARγ activator compounds include activator compounds as disclosed in WO 97/25042 which is incorporated herein by reference; activator compounds as disclosed in WO 00/63190 which is incorporated herein by reference; activator compounds as disclosed in WO 01/21181 which is incorporated herein by reference; biaryl-oxa(thia)zole compounds as disclosed in WO 01/16120 which is incorporated herein by reference; activator compounds as disclosed in WO 00/63196 and WO 00/63209 which are incorporated herein by reference; substituted 5-aryl-2,4-thiazolidinediones compounds as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,008,237 which is incorporated herein by reference; arylthiazolidinedione and aryloxazolidinedione compounds as disclosed in WO 00/78312 and WO 00/78313G which are incorporated herein by reference; GW2331 or (2-(4-[difluorophenyl]-1heptylureido)ethyl]phenoxy)-2-methylbutyric compounds as disclosed in WO 98/05331 which is incorporated herein by reference; aryl compounds as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,166,049 which is incorporated herein by reference; oxazole compounds as disclosed in WO 01/17994 which is incorporated herein by reference; and dithiolane compounds as disclosed in WO 01/25225 and WO 01/25226 which are incorporated herein by reference.
- Other useful PPAR activator compounds include substituted benzylthiazolidine-2,4-dione compounds as disclosed in WO 01/14349, WO 01/14350 and WO/01/04351 which are incorporated herein by reference; mercaptocarboxylic compounds as disclosed in WO 00/50392 which is incorporated herein by reference; ascofuranone compounds as disclosed in WO 00/53563 which is incorporated herein by reference; carboxylic compounds as disclosed in WO 99/46232 which is incorporated herein by reference; compounds as disclosed in WO 99/12534 which is incorporated herein by reference; benzene compounds as disclosed in WO 99/15520 which is incorporated herein by reference; o-anisamide compounds as disclosed in WO 01/21578 which is incorporated herein by reference; and PPAR activator compounds as disclosed in WO 01/40192 which is incorporated herein by reference.
- The peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor(s) activator(s) are administered in a therapeutically effective amount to treat the specified condition, for example in a daily dose can range from about 0.1 to about 1000 mg per day, preferably about 0.25 to about 50 mg/day, and more preferably about 10 mg per day, given in a single dose or 2-4 divided doses. The exact dose, however, is determined by the attending clinician and is dependent on such factors as the potency of the compound administered, the age, weight, condition and response of the patient.
- The term “therapeutically effective amount” means that amount of a therapeutic agent of the composition, such as the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s), sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and other pharmacological or therapeutic agents described below, that will elicit a biological or medical response of a tissue, system, animal or mammal that is being sought by the administrator (such as a researcher, doctor or veterinarian) which includes alleviation of the symptoms of the condition or disease being treated and the prevention, slowing or halting of progression of one or more conditions, for example vascular conditions, such as hyperlipidaemia (for example atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia or sitosterolemia), vascular inflammation, stroke, diabetes, obesity and/or to reduce the level of sterol(s) (such as cholesterol) in the plasma.
- As used herein, “combination therapy” or “therapeutic combination” means the administration of two or more therapeutic agents, such as peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s), to prevent or treat a condition, for example a vascular condition, such as hyperlipidaemia (for example atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia or sitosterolemia), vascular inflammation, stroke, diabetes, obesity and/or reduce the level of sterol(s) (such as cholesterol) in the plasma. As used herein, “vascular” comprises cardiovascular, cerebrovascular and combinations thereof. The compositions, combinations and treatments of the present invention can be administered by any suitable means which produce contact of these compounds with the site of action in the body, for example in the plasma, liver or small intestine of a mammal or human. Such administration includes coadministration of these therapeutic agents in a substantially simultaneous manner, such as in a single tablet or capsule having a fixed ratio of active ingredients or in multiple, separate capsules for each therapeutic agent. Also, such administration includes use of each type of therapeutic agent in a sequential manner. In either case, the treatment using the combination therapy will provide beneficial effects in treating the condition. A potential advantage of the combination therapy disclosed herein may be a reduction in the required amount of an individual therapeutic compound or the overall total amount of therapeutic compounds that are effective in treating the condition. By using a combination of therapeutic agents, the side effects of the individual compounds can be reduced as compared to a monotherapy, which can improve patient compliance. Also, therapeutic agents can be selected to provide a broader range of complimentary effects or complimentary modes of action.
- As discussed above, the compositions, pharmaceutical compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention comprise one or more substituted azetidinone or substituted β-lactam sterol absorption inhibitors discussed in detail below. As used herein, “sterol absorption inhibitor” means a compound capable of inhibiting the absorption of one or more sterols, including but not limited to cholesterol, phytosterols (such as sitosterol, campesterol, stigmasterol and avenosterol), 5α-stanols (such as cholestanol, 5α-campestanol, 5α-sitostanol), and mixtures thereof, when administered in a therapeutically effective (sterol absorption inhibiting) amount to a mammal or human.
- In a preferred embodiment, sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (I) below:
or isomers of the compounds of Formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (I) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (I), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (I) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (I), wherein, in Formula (I) above: - Ar1 and Ar2 are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl and R4-substituted aryl;
- Ar3 is aryl or R5-substituted aryl;
- X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(lower alkyl)- and —C(dilower alkyl)-;
- R and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9 and —O(CO)NR6R7;
- R1 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl;
- q is 0 or 1; r is 0 or 1; m, n and p are independently selected from 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; provided that at least one of q and r is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, q and r is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and provided that when p is 0 and r is 1, the sum of m, q and n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- R4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR6, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2R9, —COOR6, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6, —CH═CH—COOR6, —CF3, —CN, —NO2 and halogen;
- R5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR6, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2R9, —COOR6, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and —CH═CH—COOR6;
- R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and
- R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl.
- Preferably, R4 is 1-3 independently selected substituents, and R5 is preferably 1-3 independently selected substituents.
- As used herein, the term “alkyl” or “lower alkyl” means straight or branched alkyl chains having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms and “alkoxy” means alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Non-limiting examples of lower alkyl groups include, for example methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl groups.
- “Alkenyl” means straight or branched carbon chains having one or more double bonds in the chain, conjugated or unconjugated. Similarly, “alkynyl” means straight or branched carbon chains having one or more triple bonds in the chain. Where an alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl chain joins two other variables and is therefore bivalent, the terms alkylene, alkenylene and alkynylene are used.
- “Cycloalkyl” means a saturated carbon ring of 3 to 6 carbon atoms, while “cycloalkylene” refers to a corresponding bivalent ring, wherein the points of attachment to other groups include all positional isomers.
- “Halogeno” refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine radicals.
- “Aryl” means phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl or indanyl.
- “Phenylene” means a bivalent phenyl group, including ortho, meta and para-substitution.
- The statements wherein, for example, R, R1, R2 and R3, are said to be independently selected from a group of substituents, mean that R, R1, R2 and R3 are independently selected, but also that where an R, R1, R2 and R3 variable occurs more than once in a molecule, each occurrence is independently selected (e.g., if R is —OR6, wherein R6 is hydrogen, R2 can be —OR6 wherein R6 is lower alkyl). Those skilled in the art will recognize that the size and nature of the substituent(s) will affect the number of substituents that can be present.
- Compounds of the invention have at least one asymmetrical carbon atom and therefore all isomers, including enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers and racemates of the compounds of Formula (I-XI) (where they exist) are contemplated as being part of this invention. The invention includes d and I isomers in both pure form and in admixture, including racemic mixtures. Isomers can be prepared using conventional techniques, either by reacting optically pure or optically enriched starting materials or by separating isomers of a compound of the Formulae l-XI. Isomers may also include geometric isomers, e.g., when a double bond is present.
- Those skilled in the art will appreciate that for some of the compounds of the Formulae I-XI, one isomer will show greater pharmacological activity than other isomers.
- Compounds of the invention with an amino group can form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with organic and inorganic acids. Examples of suitable acids for salt formation are hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric, acetic, citric, oxalic, malonic, salicylic, malic, fumaric, succinic, ascorbic, maleic, methanesulfonic and other mineral and carboxylic acids well known to those in the art. The salt is prepared by contacting the free base form with a sufficient amount of the desired acid to produce a salt. The free base form may be regenerated by treating the salt with a suitable dilute aqueous base solution such as dilute aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The free base form differs from its respective salt form somewhat in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents, but the salt is otherwise equivalent to its respective free base forms for purposes of the invention.
- Certain compounds of the invention are acidic (e.g., those compounds which possess a carboxyl group). These compounds form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with inorganic and organic bases. Examples of such salts are the sodium, potassium, calcium, aluminum, gold and silver salts. Also included are salts formed with pharmaceutically acceptable amines such as ammonia, alkyl amines, hydroxyalkylamines, N-methylglucamine and the like.
- As used herein, “solvate” means a molecular or ionic complex of molecules or ions of solvent with those of solute (for example, one or more compounds of Formulae I-XI, isomers of the compounds of Formulae I-XI, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formulae I-XI). Non-limiting examples of useful solvents include polar, protic solvents such as water and/or alcohols (for example methanol).
- As used herein, “prodrug” means compounds that are drug precursors which, following administration to a patient, release the drug in vivo via some chemical or physiological process (e.g., a prodrug on being brought to the physiological pH or through enzyme action is converted to the desired drug form).
- Preferred compounds of Formula (I) are those in which Ar1 is phenyl or R4-substituted phenyl, more preferably (4-R4)-substituted phenyl. Ar2 is preferably phenyl or R4-substituted phenyl, more preferably (4-R4)-substituted phenyl. Ar3 is preferably R5-substituted phenyl, more preferably (4-R5)-substituted phenyl. When Ar1 is (4-R4)-substituted phenyl, R4 is preferably a halogen. When Ar2 and Ar3 are R4- and R5-substituted phenyl, respectively, R4 is preferably halogen or —OR6 and R5 is preferably —OR6, wherein R6 is lower alkyl or hydrogen. Especially preferred are compounds wherein each of Ar1 and Ar2 is 4-fluorophenyl and Ar3 is 4-hydroxyphenyl or 4-methoxyphenyl.
- X, Y and Z are each preferably —CH2—. R1 and R3 are each preferably hydrogen. R and R2 are preferably —OR6 wherein R6 is hydrogen, or a group readily metabolizable to a hydroxyl (such as —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9 and —O(CO)NR6R7, defined above).
- The sum of m, n, p, q and r is preferably 2, 3 or 4, more preferably 3. Preferred are compounds wherein m, n and r are each zero, q is 1 and p is 2.
- Also preferred are compounds of Formula (I) in which p, q and n are each zero, r is 1 and m is 2 or 3. More preferred are compounds wherein m, n and r are each zero, q is 1, p is 2, Z is —CH2— and R is —OR6, especially when R6 is hydrogen.
- Also more preferred are compounds of Formula (I) wherein p, q and n are each zero, r is 1, m is 2, X is —CH2— and R2 is —OR6, especially when R6 is hydrogen.
- Another group of preferred compounds of Formula (I) is that in which Ar1 is phenyl or R4-substituted phenyl, Ar2 is phenyl or R4-substituted phenyl and Ar3 is R5-substituted phenyl. Also preferred are compounds in which Ar1 is phenyl or R4-substituted phenyl, Ar2 is phenyl or R4-substituted phenyl, Ar3 is R5-substituted phenyl, and the sum of m, n, p, q and r is 2, 3 or 4, more preferably 3. More preferred are compounds wherein Ar1 is phenyl or R4-substituted phenyl, Ar2 is phenyl or R4-substituted phenyl, Ar3 is R5-substituted phenyl, and wherein m, n and r are each zero, q is 1 and p is 2, or wherein p, q and n are each zero, r is 1 and m is 2 or 3.
- In a preferred embodiment, a sterol inhibitor of Formula (I) useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention is represented by Formula (II) (ezetimibe) below:
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compound of Formula (II), or prodrugs of the compound of Formula (II) or of the salts or solvates of the compound of Formula (II). - Compounds of Formula I can be prepared by a variety of methods well know to those skilled in the art, for example such as are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,631,365, 5,767,115, 5,846,966, 6,207,822, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/279,288 filed Mar. 28, 2001, and PCT Patent Application WO 93/02048, each of which is incorporated herein by reference, and in the Example below. For example, suitable compounds of Formula I can be prepared by a method comprising the steps of:
- (a) treating with a strong base a lactone of the Formula A or B:
wherein R′ and R2′ are R and R2, respectively, or are suitably protected hydroxy groups; Ar10 is Ar1, a suitably protected hydroxy-substituted aryl or a suitably protected amino-substituted aryl; and the remaining variables are as defined above for Formula I, provided that in lactone of formula B, when n and r are each zero, p is 1-4; -
- c) quenching the reaction with an acid;
- d) optionally removing the protecting groups from R′, R2′, Ar10, Ar20 and Ar30, when present; and
- e) optionally functionalizing hydroxy or amino substituents at R, R2, Ar1, Ar2 and Ar3.
-
- Alternative sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (III) below:
or isomers of the compounds of Formula (III), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (III) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (III), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (III) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (III), wherein, in Formula (III) above: - Ar1 is R3-substituted aryl;
- Ar2 is R4-substituted aryl;
- Ar3 is R5-substituted aryl;
- Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(lower alkyl)- and —C(dilower alkyl)-;
- A is selected from —O—, —S—, —S(O)— or —S(O)2—;
- R1 is selected from the group consisting of —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9 and —O(CO)NR6R7; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl; or R1 and R2 together are ═O;
- q is 1, 2 or 3;
- p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- R5 is 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR9, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2-lower alkyl, —NR6SO2-aryl, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2-alkyl, S(O)0-2-aryl, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, o-halogeno, m-halogeno, o-lower alkyl, m-lower alkyl, -(lower alkylene)- COOR6, and —CH═CH—COOR6;
- R3 and R4 are independently 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of R5, hydrogen, p-lower alkyl, aryl, —NO2, —CF3 and p-halogeno;
- R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl.
- Preferred compounds of Formula I include those in which Ar1 is R3-substituted phenyl, especially (4-R3)substituted phenyl. Ar2 is preferably R4-substituted phenyl, especially (4-R4)-substituted phenyl. Ar3 is preferably R5-substituted phenyl, especially (4-R5)-substituted phenyl. Mono-substitution of each of Ar1, Ar2 and Ar3 is preferred.
- Y and Z are each preferably —CH2—. R2 is preferably hydrogen. R1 is preferably —OR6 wherein R6 is hydrogen, or a group readily metabolizable to a hydroxyl (such as —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9 and —O(CO)NR6R7, defined above). Also preferred are compounds wherein R1 and R2 together are ═O.
- The sum of q and p is preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1. Preferred are compounds wherein p is zero and q is 1. More preferred are compounds wherein p is zero, q is 1, Y is —CH2— and R1 is —OR6, especially when R6 is hydrogen.
- Another group of preferred compounds is that in which Ar1 is R3-substituted phenyl, Ar2 is R4-substituted phenyl and Ar3 is R5-substituted phenyl.
- Also preferred are compounds wherein Ar1 is R3-substituted phenyl, Ar2 is R4-substituted phenyl, Ar3 is R5-substituted phenyl, and the sum of p and q is 1 or 2, especially 1. More preferred are compounds wherein Ar1 is R3-substituted phenyl, Ar2 is R4-substituted phenyl, Ar3 is R5-substituted phenyl, p is zero and q is 1.
- A is preferably —O—.
- R3 is preferably —COOR6, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2-alkyl, S(O)0-2-aryl, NO2 or halogeno. A more preferred definition for R3 is halogeno, especially fluoro or chloro.
- R4 is preferably hydrogen, lower alkyl, —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, COR6 or halogeno, wherein R6 and R7 are preferably independently hydrogen or lower alkyl, and R9 is preferably lower alkyl. A more preferred definition for R4 is hydrogen or halogeno, especially fluoro or chloro.
- R5 is preferably —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, -(lower alkylene)-COOR6 or —CH═CH—COOR6, wherein R6 and R7 are preferably independently hydrogen or lower alkyl, and R9 is preferably lower alkyl. A more preferred definition for R5 is —OR6, -(lower alkylene)-COOR6 or —CH═CH—COOR6, wherein R6 is preferably hydrogen or lower alkyl.
- Methods for making compounds of Formula III are well known to those skilled in the art. Non-limiting examples of suitable methods are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,688,990, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- In another embodiment, sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (IV):
or isomers of the compounds of Formula (IV), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IV) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (IV), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (IV) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IV), wherein, in Formula (IV) above: - A is selected from the group consisting of R2-substituted heterocycloalkyl, R2-substituted heteroaryl, R2-substituted benzofused heterocycloalkyl, and R2-substituted benzofused heteroaryl;
- Ar1 is aryl or R3-substituted aryl;
- Ar2 is aryl or R4-substituted aryl;
-
- R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-
- —(CH2)q—, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1;
- —(CH2)e-G-(CH2)r—, wherein G is —O—, —C(O)—, phenylene, —NR8— or —S(O)0-2—, e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6;
- —(C2-C6 alkenylene)-; and
- —(CH2)f—V—(CH2)g—, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6;
-
- R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, —C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl), —CH═CH— and —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—; or R5 together with an adjacent R6, or R5 together with an adjacent R7, form a —CH═CH— or a —CH═C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;
- a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R6 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, a is 1; provided that when R7 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, b is 1; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R6's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R7's can be the same or different;
-
- where M is —O—, —S—, —S(O)— or —S(O)2—;
- X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(C1-C6 alkyl)- and —C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl);
- R10 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of —OR14, —O(CO)R14, —O(CO)OR16 and —O(CO)NR14R15;
- R11 and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R10 and R11 together are ═O, or R12 and R13 together are ═O;
- d is 1, 2 or 3;
- h is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- s is 0 or 1; t is 0 or 1; m, n and p are independently 0-4; provided that at least one of s and t is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6; provided that when p is 0 and t is 1, the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1, the sum of m, t and n is 1-5;
- v is 0 or 1;
- j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
- R2 is 1-3 substituents on the ring carbon atoms selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C10)alkyl, (C2-C10)alkenyl, (C2-C10)alkynyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkenyl, R17-substituted aryl, R17-substituted benzyl, R17-substituted benzyloxy, R17-substituted aryloxy, halogeno, —NR14R15, NR14R15(C1-C6 alkylene)-, NR14R15C(O)(C1-C6 alkylene)-, —NHC(O)R16, OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, —OC(O)R16, —COR14, hydroxy(C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)alkyl, NO2, —S(O)0-2R16, —SO2NR14R15 and —(C1-C6 alkylene)COOR14; when R2 is a substituent on a heterocycloalkyl ring, R2 is as defined, or is ═O or
and, where R2 is a substituent on a substitutable ring nitrogen, it is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, aryloxy, (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, hydroxy, —(CH2)1-6CONR18R18, - wherein J is —O—, —NH—, —NR18— or —CH2—;
- R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, —OR14, —O(CO)R14, —O(CO)OR16, —O(CH2)1-5OR14, —O(CO)NR14R15, —NR14R15, —NR14(CO)R15, —NR14(CO)OR16, —NR14(CO)NR15R19, —NR14SO2R16, —COOR14, —CONR14R15, —COR14, —SO2NR14R15, S(O)0-2R16, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR14, —O(CH2)1-10CONR14R15, —(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR14, —CH═CH—COOR14, —CF3, —CN, —NO2 and halogen;
- R8 is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)R14 or —COOR14;
- R9 and R17 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, —COOH, NO2, —NR14R15, OH and halogeno;
- R14 and R15 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
- R16 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R17-substituted aryl;
- R18 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl; and
- R19 is hydrogen, hydroxy or (C1-C6)alkoxy.
- As used in Formula (IV) above, “A” is preferably an R2-substituted, 6-membered heterocycloalkyl ring containing 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms. Preferred heterocycloalkyl rings are piperidinyl, piperazinyl and morpholinyl groups. The ring “A” is preferably joined to the phenyl ring through a ring nitrogen. Preferred R2 substituents are hydrogen and lower alkyl. R19 is preferably hydrogen.
- Ar2 is preferably phenyl or R4-phenyl, especially (4-R4)-substituted phenyl. Preferred definitions of R4 are lower alkoxy, especially methoxy, and halogeno, especially fluoro.
- Ar1 is preferably phenyl or R3-substituted phenyl, especially (4-R3)-substituted phenyl.
- There are several preferred definitions for the —R1-Q- combination of variables:
- Q is a bond and R1 is lower alkylene, preferably propylene;
-
-
-
-
- Methods for making compounds of Formula IV are well known to those skilled in the art. Non-limiting examples of suitable methods are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,656,624, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- In another embodiment, sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (V):
or isomers of the compounds of Formula (V), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (V) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (V), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (V) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (V), wherein, in Formula (V) above: - Ar1 is aryl, R10-substituted aryl or heteroaryl;
- Ar2 is aryl or R4-substituted aryl;
- Ar3 is aryl or R5-substituted aryl;
- X and Y are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(lower alkyl)- and —C(dilower alkyl)-;
- R is —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9 or —O(CO)NR6R7; R1 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or aryl; or R and R1 together are ═O;
- q is 0 or 1;
- r is 0, 1 or 2;
- m and n are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; provided that the sum of m, n and q is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- R4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR6, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2R9, —COOR6, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and —CH═CH—COOR6;
- R5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR6, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2R9, —COOR6, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, —CF3, —CN, —NO2, halogen, -(lower alkylene)COOR and —CH═CH—COOR6;
- R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl;
- R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and
- R10 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR6, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2R9, —COOR6, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, —S(O)0-2R9, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, —CF3, —CN, —NO2 and halogen.
-
- R4, R5 and R10 are each preferably 1-3 independently selected substituents as set forth above. Preferred are compounds of Formula (V) wherein Ar1 is phenyl, R10-substituted phenyl or thienyl, especially (4-R10)-substituted phenyl or thienyl. Ar2 is preferably R4-substituted phenyl, especially (4-R4)-substituted phenyl. Ar3 is preferably phenyl or R5-substituted phenyl, especially (4-R5)-substituted phenyl. When Ar1 is R10-substituted phenyl, R10 is preferably halogeno, especially fluoro. When Ar2 is R4-substituted phenyl, R4 is preferably —OR6, especially wherein R6 is hydrogen or lower alkyl. When Ar3 is R5-substituted phenyl, R5 is preferably halogeno, especially fluoro. Especially preferred are compounds of Formula (V) wherein Ar1 is phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl or thienyl, Ar2 is 4-(alkoxy or hydroxy)phenyl, and Ar3 is phenyl or 4-fluorophenyl.
- X and Y are each preferably —CH2—. The sum of m, n and q is preferably 2, 3 or 4, more preferably 2. When q is 1, n is preferably 1 to 5.
- Preferences for X, Y, Ar1, Ar2 and Ar3 are the same in each of Formulae (VA) and (VB).
- In compounds of Formula (VA), the sum of m and n is preferably 2, 3 or 4, more preferably 2. Also preferred are compounds wherein the sum of m and n is 2, and r is 0 or 1.
- In compounds of Formula (VB), the sum of m and n is preferably 1, 2 or 3, more preferably 1. Especially preferred are compounds wherein m is zero and n is 1. R1 is preferably hydrogen and R is preferably —OR6 wherein R6 is hydrogen, or a group readily metabolizable to a hydroxyl (such as —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9 and —O(CO)NR6R7, defined above), or R and R1 together form a ═O group.
- Methods for making compounds of Formula V are well known to those skilled in the art. Non-limiting examples of suitable methods are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,624,920, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- In another embodiment, sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (VI):
or isomers of the compounds of Formula (VI), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VI) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (VI), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VI) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VI), wherein: -
- R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of: —CH2—, —CH(lower alkyl)-, —C(di-lower alkyl)-, —CH═CH— and —C(lower alkyl)=CH—; or R1 together with an adjacent R2, or R1 together with an adjacent R3, form a —CH═CH— or a —CH═C(lower alkyl)- group;
- u and v are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R2 is —CH═CH— or —C(lower alkyl)=CH—, v is 1; provided that when R3 is —CH═CH— or —C(lower alkyl)=CH—, u is 1; provided that when v is 2 or 3, the R2's can be the same or different; and provided that when u is 2 or 3, the R3's can be the same or different;
- R4 is selected from B—(CH2)mC(O)—, wherein m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; B—(CH 2)q—, wherein q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; B—(CH2)e-Z-(CH2)r—, wherein Z is —O—, —C(O)—, phenylene, —N(R8)— or —S(O)0-2—, e is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of e and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; B—(C2-C6 alkenylene)-; B—(C4-C6 alkadienylene)-; B—(CH2)t-Z-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-, wherein Z is as defined above, and wherein t is 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; B—(CH2)f—V—(CH2)g—, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 and g is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; B—(CH2)t—V—(C2-C6 alkenylene)- or B—(C2-C6 alkenylene)- V—(CH2)t—, wherein V and t are as defined above, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
- B—(CH2)a-Z-(CH2)b—V—(CH2)d—, wherein Z and V are as defined above and a, b and d are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, provided that the sum of a, b and d is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or T-(CH2)s—, wherein T is cycloalkyl of 3-6 carbon atoms and s is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or
-
- B is selected from indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, heteroaryl or W-substituted heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl and furanyl, and for nitrogen-containing heteroaryls, the N-oxides thereof, or
- W is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, hydroxy lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, (lower alkoxyimino)-lower alkyl, lower alkanedioyl, lower alkyl lower alkanedioyl, allyloxy, —CF3, —OCF3, benzyl, R7-benzyl, benzyloxy, R7-benzyloxy, phenoxy, R7-phenoxy, dioxolanyl, NO2, —N(R8)(R9), N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylene-, N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylenyloxy-, OH, halogeno, —CN, —N3, —NHC(O)OR10, —NHC(O)R10, R11O2SNH—, (R11O2S)2N—, —S(O)2NH2, —S(O)0-2R8, tert-butyldimethyl-silyloxymethyl, —C(O)R12, —COOR19, —CON(R8)(R9), —CH═CHC(O)R12, -lower alkylene-C(O)R12, R10C(O)(lower alkylenyloxy)-, N(R8)(R9)C(O)(lower alkylenyloxy)- and
for substitution on ring carbon atoms, and the substituents on the substituted heteroaryl ring nitrogen atoms, when present, are selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, —C(O)OR10, —C(O)R10, OH, N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylene-, N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylenyloxy-, —S(O)2NH2 and 2-(trimethylsilyl)-ethoxymethyl; - R7 is 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, —COOH, NO2, —N(R8)(R9), OH, and halogeno;
- R8 and R9 are independently selected from H or lower alkyl;
- R10 is selected from lower alkyl, phenyl, R7-phenyl, benzyl or R7-benzyl;
- R11 is selected from OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, R7-phenyl or R7-benzyl;
-
- R13 is selected from —O—, —CH2—, —NH—, —N(lower alkyl)- or —NC(O)R19;
- R15, R16 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and the groups defined for W; or R15 is hydrogen and R16 and R17, together with adjacent carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a dioxolanyl ring;
- R19 is H, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl lower alkyl; and
- R20 and R21 are independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, W-substituted naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzodioxolyl, heteroaryl, W-substituted heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl, W-substituted benzofused heteroaryl and cyclopropyl, wherein heteroaryl is as defined above.
- One group of preferred compounds of Formula VI is that in which R21 is selected from phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, indanyl, benzofuranyl, benzodioxolyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinolyl or cyclopropyl,
- wherein W is lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, OH, halogeno, —N(R8)(R9), —NHC(O)OR10, —NHC(O)R10, NO2, —CN, —N3, —SH, —S(O)0-2-(lower alkyl), —COOR19, —CON(R8)(R9), —COR12, phenoxy, benzyloxy, —OCF3, —CH═C(O)R12 or tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy, wherein R8, R9, R10, R12 and R19 are as defined for Formula IV. When W is 2 or 3 substituents, the substituents can be the same or different.
- Another group of preferred compounds of Formula VI is that in which R20 is phenyl or W-substituted phenyl, wherein preferred meanings of W are as defined above for preferred definitions of R21.
- More preferred are compounds of Formula VI wherein R20 is phenyl or W-substituted phenyl and R21 is phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, indanyl, benzofuranyl, benzodioxolyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinolyl or cyclopropyl; W is lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, OH, halogeno, —N(R8)(R9), —NHC(O)OR10, —NHC(O)R10, NO2, —CN, —N3, —SH, —S(O)0-2-(lower alkyl), —COOR19, —CON(R8)(R9), —COR12, phenoxy, benzyloxy, —CH═CHC(O)R12, —OCF3 or tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy, wherein when W is 2 or 3 substituents, the substituents can be the same or different, and wherein R8, R9, R10, R12 and R19 are as defined in Formula VI.
-
- Another group of preferred compounds of Formula VI is in which R2 and R3 are each —CH2— and the sum of u and v is 2, 3 or 4, with u=v=2 being more preferred.
-
- Preferably Z is —O—, e is 0, and r is 0.
- Preferably q is 0-2.
- R20 is preferably phenyl or W-substituted phenyl.
- Preferred W substituents for R20 are lower alkoxy, especially methoxy and ethoxy, OH, and —C(O)R12, wherein R12 is preferably lower alkoxy.
- Preferably R21 is selected from phenyl, lower alkoxy-substituted phenyl and F-phenyl.
- Especially preferred are compounds of Formula VI wherein R1 is
R2 and R3 are each —CH2—, u=v=2, R4 is B—(CH2)q—, wherein B is phenyl or phenyl substituted by lower alkoxy or chloro, q is 0-2, R20 is phenyl, OH-phenyl, lower alkoxy-substituted phenyl or lower alkoxycarbonyl-substituted phenyl, and R21 is phenyl, lower alkoxy-substituted phenyl or F-phenyl. - Methods for making compounds of Formula VI are well known to those skilled in the art. Non-limiting examples of suitable methods are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,698,548, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- In another embodiment, sterol inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (VII):
or isomers of the compounds of Formula (VII), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VII) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (VII), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VII) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VII), wherein in Formula (VII) above: - A is —CH═CH—, —C≡C— or —(CH2)p— wherein p is 0, 1 or 2;
-
- E is C10 to C20 alkyl or —C(O)—(C9 to C19)-alkyl, wherein the alkyl is straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds;
- R is hydrogen, C1-C15 alkyl, straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds, or B—(CH2)r—, wherein r is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
- R1, R2, and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO2, NH2, OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, —NHC(O)OR5, R6O2SNH— and —S(O)2NH2;
-
- R5 is lower alkyl; and
- R6 is OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl or substituted phenyl wherein the substituents are 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO2, NH2, OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino and dilower alkylamino.
- Preferred compounds of Formula (VII) are those wherein R is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, phenyl or phenylpropyl. Another group of preferred compounds of Formula (VII) is that wherein R4 is p-methoxyphenyl or 2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyl. Still another group of preferred compounds of Formula (VII) is that wherein A is ethylene or a bond. Yet another group of preferred compounds of Formula (VII) is that wherein E is decyl, oleoyl or 7-Z-hexadecenyl. Preferably R1, R2 and R3 are each hydrogen.
- More preferred compounds of Formula (VII) are those wherein R is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, phenyl or phenylpropyl; R4 is p-methoxyphenyl or 2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyl; A is ethylene or a bond; E is decyl, oleoyl or 7-Z-hexadecenyl; and R1, R2 and R3 are each hydrogen.
- A preferred compound of Formula (VII) is that wherein E is decyl, R is hydrogen, B-A is phenyl and R4 is p-methoxyphenyl.
- In another embodiment, sterol inhibitors useful in the compositions and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (VIII):
or isomers of the compounds of Formula (VIII), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VIII) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (VIII), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VIII) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VIII), wherein, in Formula (VIII) above, - R26 is H or OG1;
-
- R, Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of H, —OH, halogeno, —NH2, azido, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)-alkoxy or —W—R30;
- W is independently selected from the group consisting of —NH—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—N(R31)—, —NH—C(O)—N(R31)— and —O—C(S)—N(R31)—;
- R2 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C6)alkyl;
- R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)(C1-C6)alkyl and —C(O)aryl;
- R30 is selected from the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R32-substituted-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C6)alkyl;
- R31 is selected from the group consisting of H and (C1-C4)alkyl;
- T is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
- R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogeno, (C1-C4)alkyl, —OH, phenoxy, —CF3, —NO2, (C1-C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C1-C4)alkylsulfanyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonyl, —N(CH3)2, —C(O)—NH(C1-C4)alkyl, —C(O)—N((C1-C4)alkyl)2, —C(O)—(C1-C4)alkyl, —C(O)—(C1-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R31, the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group;
- Ar1 is aryl or R10-substituted aryl;
- Ar2 is aryl or R11-substituted aryl;
-
- R1 is selected from the group consisting of
-
- —(CH2)q—, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1;
- —(CH2)e-E-(CH2)r—, wherein E is —O—, —C(O)—, phenylene, —NR22— or —S(O)0-2—, e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6;
- —(C2-C6)alkenylene-; and
- —(CH2)f—V—(CH2)g—, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6;
-
- R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, —C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl), —CH═CH— and —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—; or R12 together with an adjacent R13, or R12 together with an adjacent R14, form a —CH═CH— or a —CH═C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;
- a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero;
- provided that when R13 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, a is 1;
- provided that when R14 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, b is 1;
- provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R13's can be the same or different; and
- provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R14's can be the same or different;
-
- M is —O—, —S—, —S(O)— or —S(O)2—;
- X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(C1-C6)alkyl- and —C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl);
- R10 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, —OR19, —O(CO)R19, —O(CO)OR21, —O(CH2)1-5OR19, —O(CO)NR19R20, —NR19R20, —NR19(CO)R20, —NR19(CO)OR21, —NR19(CO)NR2OR25, —NR19SO2R21, —COOR19, —CONR19R20, —COR19, —SO2NR19R20, S(O)0-2R21, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR19, —O(CH2)1-10CONR19R20, —(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR19, —CH═CH—COOR19, —CF3, —CN, —NO2 and halogen;
- R15 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of —OR19, —O(CO)R19, —O(CO)OR21 and —O(CO)NR19R20;
- R16 and R18 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R15 and R16 together are ═O, or R17 and R18 together are ═O;
- d is 1, 2 or 3;
- h is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- s is 0 or 1; t is 0 or 1; m, n and p are independently 0-4;
- provided that at least one of s and t is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6;
- provided that when p is 0 and t is 1, the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1, the sum of m, t and n is 1-5;
- v is 0 or 1;
- j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
-
- R19 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
- R21 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R24-substituted aryl;
- R22 is H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)R19 or —COOR19;
- R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, —COOH, NO2, —NR19R20, —OH and halogeno; and
- R25 is H, —OH or (C1-C6)alkoxy.
- Ar2 is preferably phenyl or R11-phenyl, especially (4-R11)-substituted phenyl. Preferred definitions of R11 are lower alkoxy, especially methoxy, and halogeno, especially fluoro.
- Ar1 is preferably phenyl or R10-substituted phenyl, especially (4-R10)— substituted phenyl. Preferably R10 is halogeno, and more preferably fluoro.
- There are several preferred definitions for the —R1-Q- combination of variables:
- Q is a bond and R1 is lower alkylene, preferably propylene;
-
-
-
-
- A preferred compound of Formula (VIII) therefore, is one wherein G and G1 are as defined above and in which the remaining variables have the following definitions:
- Ar1 is phenyl or R10-substituted phenyl, wherein R10 is halogeno;
- Ar2 is phenyl or R11-phenyl, wherein R11 is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkoxy and halogeno;
- Q is a bond and R1 is lower alkylene; Q, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the group
wherein preferably R13 and R14 are each ethylene and a and b are each 1, and wherein R12 is
Q is a bond and R1 is —O—CH2—CH(OH)—; Q is a bond and R1 is —CH(OH)—(CH2)2—; or Q is a bond and R1 is —CH(OH)—CH2—S(O)0-2—. -
- R2, R3, R4, R5, R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, benzyl and acetyl.
-
- R3, R3a, R4 and R4a are selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, benzyl and acetyl;
- R, Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of H, —OH, halogeno, —NH2, azido, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)alkoxy and —W—R30,
- wherein W is —O—C(O)— or —O—C(O)—NR31—, R31 is H and R30 is (C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)—(C1-C4)alkoxy-(C1-C6)alkyl, T, T-(C1-C6)alkyl, or T or T-(C1-C 6)alkyl wherein T is substituted by one or two halogeno or (C1-C6)alkyl groups.
- Preferred R30 substituents are selected from the group consisting of: 2-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2-thienylmethyl, 2-methoxy-carbonylethyl, thiazol-2-yl-methyl, 2-furyl, 2-methoxycarbonylbutyl and phenyl.
- Preferred combinations of R, Ra and Rb are as follows:
-
- 1) R, Ra and Rb are independently —OH or —O—C(O)—NH—R30, especially wherein Ra is —OH and R and Rb are —O—C(O)—NH—R30 and R30 is selected from the preferred substituents identified above, or wherein R and Ra are each —OH and Rb is —O—C(O)—NH—R30 wherein R30 is 2-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl;
- 2) Ra is —OH, halogeno, azido or (C1-C6)-alkoxy(C1-C6)alkoxy, Rb is H, halogeno, azido or (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)-alkoxy, and R is —O—C(O)—NH—R30, especially compounds wherein Ra is —OH, Rb is H and R30 is 2-fluorophenyl;
- 3) R, Ra and Rb are independently —OH or —O—C(O)—R30 and R30 is (C1-C6)alkyl, T, or T substituted by one or two halogeno or (C1-C6)alkyl groups, especially compounds wherein R is —OH and Ra and Rb are —O—C(O)—R30 wherein R30 is 2-furyl; and
-
- 4) R, Ra and Rb are independently —OH or halogeno. Three additional classes of preferred compounds are those wherein the C1′ anomeric oxy is beta, wherein the C2′ anomeric oxy is beta, and wherein the R group is alpha. G and G1 are preferably selected from:
wherein Ac is acetyl and Ph is phenyl.
- 4) R, Ra and Rb are independently —OH or halogeno. Three additional classes of preferred compounds are those wherein the C1′ anomeric oxy is beta, wherein the C2′ anomeric oxy is beta, and wherein the R group is alpha. G and G1 are preferably selected from:
- Preferably, R26 is H or OH, more preferably H. The —O-G substituent is preferably in the 4-position of the phenyl ring to which it is attached.
- In another embodiment, sterol inhibitors useful in the compositions and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (IX) below:
or isomers of the compounds of Formula (IX), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IX) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (IX), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (IX) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IX), wherein in Formula (IX) above: - R26 is selected from the group consisting of:
-
- a) OH;
- b) OCH3;
- c) fluorine and
- d) chlorine.
-
- R, Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of H, —OH, halogeno, —NH2, azido, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)-alkoxy and —W—R30;
- W is independently selected from the group consisting of —NH—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—N(R31)—, —NH—C(O)—N(R31)— and —O—C(S)—N(R31)—;
- R2 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C6)alkyl;
- R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)(C1-C6)alkyl and —C(O)aryl;
- R30 is independently selected form the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R32-substituted-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C6)alkyl;
- R31 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (C1-C4)alkyl;
- T is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
- R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogeno, (C1-C4)alkyl, —OH, phenoxy, —CF3, —NO2, (C1-C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C1-C4)alkylsulfanyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonyl, —N(CH3)2, —C(O)—NH(C1-C4)alkyl, —C(O)—N((C1-C4)alkyl)2, —C(O)—(C1-C4)alkyl, —C(O)—(C1-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R31, the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group;
- Ar1 is aryl or R10-substituted aryl;
- Ar2 is aryl or R11-substituted aryl;
- Q is —(CH2)q—, wherein q is 2-6, or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone,
-
-
- R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, —C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl), —CH′CH— and —C(Cl-C6 alkyl)=CH—; or R12 together with an adjacent R13, or R12 together with an adjacent R14, form a —CH═CH— or a —CH═C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;
- a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R13 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, a is 1; provided that when R14 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, b is 1; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R13's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R14's can be the same or different;
- R10 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, —OR19, —O(CO)R19, —O(CO)OR21, —O(CH2)1-5OR19, —O(CO)NR19R20, —NR19R20, —NR19(CO)R20, —NR19(CO)OR21, —NR19(CO)NR20R25, —NR19SO2R21, —COOR19, —CONR19R20, —COR19, —SO2NR19R20, S(O)0-2R21, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR19, —O(CH2)1-10CONR19R20, —(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR19, —CH═CH—COOR19, —CF3, —CN, —NO2 and halogen;
- Ar1 can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
- R19 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
- R21 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R24-substituted aryl;
- R22 is H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)R19 or —COOR19;
- R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, —COOH, NO2, —NR19R20, —OH and halogeno; and
- R25 is H, —OH or (C1-C6)alkoxy.
- Ar2 is preferably phenyl or R11-phenyl, especially (4-R11)-substituted phenyl. Preferred definitions of R11 are lower alkoxy, especially methoxy, and halogeno, especially fluoro.
- Ar1 is preferably phenyl or R10-substituted phenyl, especially (4-R10)— substituted phenyl. A preferred definition of R10 is halogeno, especially fluoro.
-
- A preferred compound of formula IX, therefore, is one wherein R1 is as defined above and in which the remaining variables have the following definitions:
- Ar1 is phenyl or R10-substituted phenyl, wherein R10 is halogeno;
- Ar2 is phenyl or R11-phenyl, wherein R11 is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkoxy and halogeno;
-
-
- R2, R3, R4, R5, R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, benzyl and acetyl.
-
- R3, R3a, R4 and R4a are selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, benzyl and acetyl;
- R, Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of H, —OH, halogeno, —NH2, azido, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)alkoxy and —W—R30, wherein W is —O— C(O)— or —O—C(O)—NR31—, R31 is H and R30 is (C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)—(C1-C4)alkoxy-(C1-C6)alkyl, T, T-(C1-C6)alkyl, or T or T-(C1-C6)alkyl wherein T is substituted by one or two halogeno or (C1-C6)alkyl groups.
- Preferred R30 substituents are 2-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2-thienylmethyl, 2-methoxy-carbonylethyl, thiazol-2-yl-methyl, 2-furyl, 2-methoxycarbonylbutyl and phenyl. Preferred combinations of R, Ra and Rb are as follows: 1) R, Ra and Rb are independently —OH or —O—C(O)—NH—R30, especially wherein Ra is —OH and R and Rb are —O—C(O)—NH—R30 and R30 is selected from the preferred substituents identified above, or wherein R and Ra are —OH and Rb is —O—C(O)—NH—R30 wherein R30 is 2-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl; 2) Ra is —OH, halogeno, azido or (C1-C6)-alkoxy(C1-C6)alkoxy, Rb is H, halogeno, azido or (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)-alkoxy, and R is —O—C(O)—NH—R30, especially compounds wherein Ra is —OH, Rb is H and R30 is 2-fluorophenyl; 3) R, Ra and Rb are independently —OH or —O—C(O)—R30 and R30 is (C1-C6)alkyl, T, or T substituted by one or two halogeno or (C1-C6)alkyl groups, especially compounds wherein R is —OH and Ra and Rb are —O—C(O)—R30 wherein R30 is 2-furyl; and 4) R, Ra and Rb are independently —OH or halogeno. Three additional classes of preferred are compounds are those wherein the C1′ anomeric oxy is beta, wherein the C2′ anomeric oxy is beta, and wherein the R group is alpha.
-
- An example of a useful compound of this invention is one represented by the formula X:
wherein R1 is defined as above, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compound of Formula (X), or prodrugs of the compound of Formula (X) or of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compound of Formula (X). -
- In another embodiment, compositions, pharmaceutical compositions, therapeutic combinations, kits and methods of treatment as described above are provided which comprise: (a) at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and (b) at least one substituted azetidinone compound or at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound, wherein the first amount and the second amount together in their totality (whether administered concurrently or consecutively) comprise a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal.
- Suitable substituted azetidinone compounds or substituted β-lactam compounds can be selected from any of the compounds discussed above in Formulae I-XI. Other useful substituted azetidinone compounds include N-sulfonyl-2-azetidinones such as are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,983,597 and ethyl 4-(2-oxoazetidin-4-yl)phenoxy-alkanoates such as are disclosed in Ram et al., Indian J. Chem. Sect. B. 29B, 12 (1990), p. 1134-7, which are incorporated by reference herein.
- The compounds of Formulae I-XI can be prepared by known methods, including the methods discussed above and, for example, WO 93/02048 describes the preparation of compounds wherein —R1-Q- is alkylene, alkenylene or alkylene interrupted by a hetero atom, phenylene or cycloalkylene; WO 94/17038 describes the preparation of compounds wherein Q is a spirocyclic group; WO 95/08532 describes the preparation of compounds wherein —R1-Q- is a hydroxy-substituted alkylene group; PCT/US95/03196 describes compounds wherein —R1-Q- is a hydroxy-substituted alkylene attached to the Ar1 moiety through an —O— or S(O)0-2- group; and U.S. Ser. No. 08/463,619, filed Jun. 5, 1995, describes the preparation of compounds wherein —R1-Q- is a hydroxy-substituted alkylene group attached the azetidinone ring by a —S(O)0-2— group.
- The daily dose of the sterol absorption inhibitor(s) can range from about 0.1 to about 1000 mg per day, preferably about 0.25 to about 50 mg/day, and more preferably about 10 mg per day, given in a single dose or 2-4 divided doses. The exact dose, however, is determined by the attending clinician and is dependent on the potency of the compound administered, the age, weight, condition and response of the patient.
- For administration of pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the above compounds, the weights indicated above refer to the weight of the acid equivalent or the base equivalent of the therapeutic compound derived from the salt.
- In one embodiment of the present invention, the compositions or therapeutic combinations can further comprise one or more pharmacological or therapeutic agents or drugs such as cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors and/or lipid-lowering agents discussed below.
- In another embodiment, the composition or treatment can further comprise one or more cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
- Non-limiting examples of cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors for use in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention include competitive inhibitors of HMG CoA reductase, the rate-limiting step in cholesterol biosynthesis, squalene synthase inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors and mixtures thereof. Non-limiting examples of suitable HMG CoA reductase inhibitors include statins such as lovastatin (for example MEVACOR® which is available from Merck & Co.), pravastatin (for example PRAVACHOL® which is available from Bristol Meyers Squibb), fluvastatin, simvastatin (for example ZOCOR® which is available from Merck & Co.), atorvastatin, cerivastatin, CI-981, rivastatin (sodium 7-(4-fluorophenyl)-2,6-diisopropyl-5-methoxymethylpyridin-3-yl)-3,5-dihydroxy-6-heptanoate), rosuvastatin, pitavastatin (such as NK-104 of Negma Kowa of Japan); HMG CoA synthetase inhibitors, for example L-659,699 ((E,E)-11-[3′R-(hydroxy-methyl)-4′-oxo-2′R-oxetanyl]-3,5,7R-trimethyl-2,4-undecadienoic acid); squalene synthesis inhibitors, for example squalestatin 1; and squalene epoxidase inhibitors, for example, NB-598 ((E)-N-ethyl-N-(6,6-dimethyl-2-hepten-4-ynyl)-3-[(3,3′-bithiophen-5-yl)methoxy]benzene-methanamine hydrochloride) and other sterol biosynthesis inhibitors such as DMP-565. Preferred HMG CoA reductase inhibitors include lovastatin, pravastatin and simvastatin. The most preferred HMG CoA reductase inhibitor is simvastatin.
- Generally, a total daily dosage of cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitor(s) can range from about 0.1 to about 160 mg per day, and preferably about 0.2 to about 80 mg/day in single or 2-3 divided doses.
- In another preferred embodiment, the composition or treatment comprises the compound of Formula (II) in combination with one or more peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor(s) activator(s) and one or more cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors. In this embodiment, preferably the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) is a fibric acid derivative selected from gemfibrozil, clofibrate and/or fenofibrate. Preferably the cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitor comprises one or more HMG CoA reductase inhibitors, such as, for example, lovastatin, pravastatin and/or simvastatin. More preferably, the composition or treatment comprises the compound of Formula (II) in combination with simvastatin and gemfibrozil or fenofibrate.
- In another alternative embodiment, the compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more bile acid sequestrants (insoluble anion exchange resins), coadministered with or in combination with the PPAR activators(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
- Bile acid sequestrants bind bile acids in the intestine, interrupting the enterohepatic circulation of bile acids and causing an increase in the faecal excretion of steroids. Use of bile acid sequestrants is desirable because of their non-systemic mode of action. Bile acid sequestrants can lower intrahepatic cholesterol and promote the synthesis of apo B/E (LDL) receptors that bind LDL from plasma to further reduce cholesterol levels in the blood.
- Non-limiting examples of suitable bile acid sequestrants include cholestyramine (a styrene-divinylbenzene copolymer containing quaternary ammonium cationic groups capable of binding bile acids, such as QUESTRAN® or QUESTRAN LIGHT® cholestyramine which are available from Bristol-Myers Squibb), colestipol (a copolymer of diethylenetriamine and 1-chloro-2,3-epoxypropane, such as COLESTID® tablets which are available from Pharmacia), colesevelam hydrochloride (such as WelChol® Tablets (poly(allylamine hydrochloride) cross-linked with epichlorohydrin and alkylated with 1-bromodecane and (6-bromohexyl)-trimethylammonium bromide) which are available from Sankyo), water soluble derivatives such as 3,3-ioene, N-(cycloalkyl)alkylamines and poliglusam, insoluble quaternized polystyrenes, saponins and mixtures thereof. Other useful bile acid sequestrants are disclosed in PCT Patent Applications Nos. WO 97/11345 and WO 98/57652, and U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,692,895 and 5,703,188 which are incorporated herein by reference. Suitable inorganic cholesterol sequestrants include bismuth salicylate plus montmorillonite clay, aluminum hydroxide and calcium carbonate antacids.
- Generally, a total daily dosage of bile acid sequestrant(s) can range from about 1 to about 50 grams per day, and preferably about 2 to about 16 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
- In an alternative embodiment, the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise one or more ileal bile acid transport (“IBAT”) inhibitors (or apical sodium co-dependent bile acid transport (“ASBT”) inhibitors) coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above. The IBAT inhibitors can inhibit bile acid transport to reduce LDL cholesterol levels. Non-limiting examples of suitable IBAT inhibitors include benzothiepines such as therapeutic compounds comprising a 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1-benzothiepine 1,1-dioxide structure such as are disclosed in PCT Patent Application WO 00/38727 which is incorporated herein by reference.
- Generally, a total daily dosage of IBAT inhibitor(s) can range from about 0.01 to about 1000 mg/day, and preferably about 0.1 to about 50 mg/day in single or 24 divided doses.
- In another alternative embodiment, the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise nicotinic acid (niacin) and/or derivatives thereof coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
- As used herein, “nicotinic acid derivative” means a compound comprising a pyridine-3-carboxylate structure or a pyrazine-2-carboxylate structure, including acid forms, salts, esters, zwitterions and tautomers, where available. Examples of nicotinic acid derivatives include niceritrol, nicofuranose and acipimox (5-methyl pyrazine-2-carboxylic acid 4-oxide). Nicotinic acid and its derivatives inhibit hepatic production of VLDL and its metabolite LDL and increases HDL and apo A-1 levels. An example of a suitable nicotinic acid product is NIASPAN® (niacin extended-release tablets) which are available from Kos.
- Generally, a total daily dosage of nicotinic acid or a derivative thereof can range from about 500 to about 10,000 mg/day, preferably about 1000 to about 8000 mg/day, and more preferably about 3000 to about 6000 mg/day in single or divided doses.
- In another alternative embodiment, the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise one or more AcylCoA:Cholesterol O-acyltransferase (“ACAT”) Inhibitors, which can reduce LDL and VLDL levels, coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above. ACAT is an enzyme responsible for esterifying excess intracellular cholesterol and may reduce the synthesis of VLDL, which is a product of cholesterol esterification, and overproduction of apo B-100-containing lipoproteins.
- Non-limiting examples of useful ACAT inhibitors include avasimibe ([[2,4,6-tris(1-methylethyl)phenyl]acetyl]sulfamic acid, 2,6-bis(1-methylethyl)phenyl ester, formerly known as CI-1011), HL-004, lecimibide (DuP-128) and CL-277082 (N-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-N-[[4-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)phenyl]methyl]-N-heptylurea). See P. Chang et al., “Current, New and Future Treatments in Dyslipidaemia and Atherosclerosis”, Drugs July 2000;60(1); 55-93, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- Generally, a total daily dosage of ACAT inhibitor(s) can range from about 0.1 to about 1000 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
- In another alternative embodiment, the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise one or more Cholesteryl Ester Transfer Protein (“CETP”) Inhibitors coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above. CETP is responsible for the exchange or transfer of cholesteryl ester carrying HDL and triglycerides in VLDL.
- Non-limiting examples of suitable CETP inhibitors are disclosed in PCT Patent Application No. WO 00/38721 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,147,090, which are incorporated herein by reference. Pancreatic cholesteryl ester hydrolase (pCEH) inhibitors such as WAY-121898 also can be coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor(s) activator and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
- Generally, a total daily dosage of CETP inhibitor(s) can range from about 0.01 to about 1000 mg/day, and preferably about 0.5 to about 20 mg/kg body weight/day in single or divided doses.
- In another alternative embodiment, the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise probucol or derivatives thereof (such as AGI-1067 and other derivatives disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,121,319 and 6,147,250), which can reduce LDL levels, coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
- Generally, a total daily dosage of probucol or derivatives thereof can range from about 10 to about 2000 mg/day, and preferably about 500 to about 1500 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
- In another alternative embodiment, the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise low-density lipoprotein (LDL) receptor activators, coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above. Non-limiting examples of suitable LDL-receptor activators include HOE-402, an imidazolidinyl-pyrimidine derivative that directly stimulates LDL receptor activity. See M. Huettinger et al., “Hypolipidemic activity of HOE-402 is Mediated by Stimulation of the LDL Receptor Pathway”, Arterioscler. Thromb. 1993; 13:1005-12.
- Generally, a total daily dosage of LDL receptor activator(s) can range from about 1 to about 1000 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
- In another alternative embodiment, the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise fish oil, which contains Omega 3 fatty acids (3-PUFA), which can reduce VLDL and triglyceride levels, coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above. Generally, a total daily dosage of fish oil or Omega 3 fatty acids can range from about 1 to about 30 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
- In another alternative embodiment, the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise natural water soluble fibers, such as psyllium, guar, oat and pectin, which can reduce cholesterol levels, coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above. Generally, a total daily dosage of natural water soluble fibers can range from about 0.1 to about 10 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
- In another alternative embodiment, the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise plant sterols, plant stanols and/or fatty acid esters of plant stanols, such as sitostanol ester used in BENECOL® margarine, which can reduce cholesterol levels, coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above. Generally, a total daily dosage of plant sterols, plant stanols and/or fatty acid esters of plant stanols can range from about 0.5 to about 20 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
- In another alternative embodiment, the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise antioxidants, such as probucol, tocopherol, ascorbic acid, β-carotene and selenium, or vitamins such as vitamin B6 or vitamin B12, coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above. Generally, a total daily dosage of antioxidants or vitamins can range from about 0.05 to about 10 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
- In another alternative embodiment, the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise monocyte and macrophage inhibitors such as polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA), thyroid hormones including throxine analogues such as CGS-26214 (a thyroxine compound with a fluorinated ring), gene therapy and use of recombinant proteins such as recombinant apo E, coadministered with or in combination with the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above. Generally, a total daily dosage of these agents can range from about 0.01 to about 1000 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
- Also useful with the present invention are compositions or therapeutic combinations which further comprise hormone replacement agents and compositions. Useful hormone agents and compositions for hormone replacement therapy of the present invention include androgens, estrogens, progestins, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and derivatives thereof. Combinations of these agents and compositions are also useful.
- The dosage of androgen and estrogen combinations vary, desirably from about 1 mg to about 4 mg androgen and from about 1 mg to about 3 mg estrogen. Examples include, but are not limited to, androgen and estrogen combinations such as the combination of esterified estrogens (sodium estrone sulfate and sodium equilin sulfate) and methyltestosterone (17-hydroxy-17-methyl-, (17B)-androst-4-en-3-one) available from Solvay Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Marietta, Ga., under the tradename Estratest.
- Estrogens and estrogen combinations may vary in dosage from about 0.01 mg up to 8 mg, desirably from about 0.3 mg to about 3.0 mg. Examples of useful estrogens and estrogen combinations include:
- (a) the blend of nine (9) synthetic estrogenic substances including sodium estrone sulfate, sodium equilin sulfate, sodium 17α-dihydroequilin sulfate, sodium 17α-estradiol sulfate, sodium 17β-dihydroequilin sulfate, sodium 17α-dihydroequilenin sulfate, sodium 17β-dihydroequilenin sulfate, sodium equilenin sulfate and sodium 17β-estradiol sulfate; available from Duramed Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Cincinnati, Ohio, under the tradename Cenestin;
- (b) ethinyl estradiol (19-nor-17α-pregna-1,3,5(10)-trien-20-yne-3,17-diol; available by Schering Plough Corporation, Kenilworth, N.J., under the tradename Estinyl;
- (c) esterified estrogen combinations such as sodium estrone sulfate and sodium equilin sulfate; available from Solvay under the tradename Estratab and from Monarch Pharmaceuticals, Bristol, Tenn., under the tradename Menest;
- (d) estropipate (piperazine estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one, 3-(sulfooxy)-estrone sulfate); available from Pharmacia & Upjohn, Peapack, N.J., under the tradename Ogen and from Women First Health Care, Inc., San Diego, Calif., under the tradename Ortho-Est; and
- (e) conjugated estrogens (17α-dihydroequilin, 17α-estradiol, and 17β-dihydroequilin); available from Wyeth-Ayerst Pharmaceuticals, Philadelphia, Pa., under the tradename Premarin.
- Progestins and estrogens may also be administered with a variety of dosages, generally from about 0.05 to about 2.0 mg progestin and about 0.001 mg to about 2 mg estrogen, desirably from about 0.1 mg to about 1 mg progestin and about 0.01 mg to about 0.5 mg estrogen. Examples of progestin and estrogen combinations that may vary in dosage and regimen include:
- (a) the combination of estradiol (estra-1,3,5 (10)-triene-3,17β-diol hemihydrate) and norethindrone (17β-acetoxy-19-nor-17α-pregn-4-en-20-yn-3-one); which is available from Pharmacia & Upjohn, Peapack, N.J., under the tradename Activella;
- (b) the combination of levonorgestrel (d(−)-13β-ethyl-17α-ethinyl-17β-hydroxygon-4-en-3-one) and ethinyl estradial; available from Wyeth-Ayerst under the tradename Alesse, from Watson Laboratories, Inc., Corona, Calif., under the tradenames Levora and Trivora, Monarch Pharmaceuticals, under the tradename Nordette, and from Wyeth-Ayerst under the tradename Triphasil;
- (c) the combination of ethynodiol diacetate (19-nor-17α-pregn-4-en-20-yne-3β,17-diol diacetate) and ethinyl estradiol; available from G.D. Searle & Co., Chicago, Ill., under the tradename Demulen and from Watson under the tradename Zovia;
- (d) the combination of desogestrel (13-ethyl-11-methylene-18,19-dinor-17α-pregn-4-en-20-yn-17-ol) and ethinyl estradiol; available from Organon under the tradenames Desogen and Mircette, and from Ortho-McNeil Pharmaceutical, Raritan, N.J., under the tradename Ortho-Cept;
- (e) the combination of norethindrone and ethinyl estradiol; available from Parke-Davis, Morris Plains, N.J., under the tradenames Estrostep and femhrt, from Watson under the tradenames Microgestin, Necon, and Tri-Norinyl, from Ortho-McNeil under the tradenames Modicon and Ortho-Novum, and from Warner Chilcott Laboratories, Rockaway, N.J., under the tradename Ovcon;
- (f) the combination of norgestrel ((±)-13-ethyl-17-hydroxy-18,19-dinor-17α-preg-4-en-20-yn-3-one) and ethinyl estradiol; available from Wyeth-Ayerst under the tradenames Ovral and Lo/Ovral, and from Watson under the tradenames Ogestrel and Low-Ogestrel;
- (g) the combination of norethindrone, ethinyl estradiol, and mestranol (3-methoxy-19-nor-17α-pregna-1,3,5(10)-trien-20-yn-17-ol); available from Watson under the tradenames Brevicon and Norinyl;
- (h) the combination of 17β-estradiol (estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-3,17β-diol) and micronized norgestimate (17α-17-(Acetyloxyl)-13-ethyl-18,19-dinorpregn-4-en-20-yn-3-one-3-oxime); available from Ortho-McNeil under the tradename Ortho-Prefest;
- (i) the combination of norgestimate (18,19-dinor-17-pregn-4-en-20-yn-3-one, 17-(acetyloxy)-13-ethyl-,oxime, (17(α)-(+)-) and ethinyl estradiol; available from Ortho-McNeil under the tradenames Ortho Cyclen and Ortho Tri-Cyclen; and
- (j) the combination of conjugated estrogens (sodium estrone sulfate and sodium equilin sulfate) and medroxyprogesterone acetate (20-dione, 17-(acetyloxy)-6-methyl-, (6(α))-pregn-4-ene-3); available from Wyeth-Ayerst under the tradenames Premphase and Prempro.
- In general, a dosage of progestins may vary from about 0.05 mg to about 10 mg or up to about 200 mg if microsized progesterone is administered. Examples of progestins include norethindrone; available from ESI Lederle, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa., under the tradename Aygestin, from Ortho-McNeil under the tradename Micronor, and from Watson under the tradename Nor-QD; norgestrel; available from Wyeth-Ayerst under the tradename Ovrette; micronized progesterone (pregn-4-ene-3,20-dione); available from Solvay under the tradename Prometrium; and medroxyprogesterone acetate; available from Pharmacia & Upjohn under the tradename Provera.
- The compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more obesity control medications. Useful obesity control medications include, but are not limited to, drugs that reduce energy intake or suppress appetite, drugs that increase energy expenditure and nutrient-partitioning agents. Suitable obesity control medications include, but are not limited to, noradrenergic agents (such as diethylpropion, mazindol, phenylpropanolamine, phentermine, phendimetrazine, phendamine tartrate, methamphetamine, phendimetrazine and tartrate); serotonergic agents (such as sibutramine, fenfluramine, dexfenfluramine, fluoxetine, fluvoxamine and paroxtine); thermogenic agents (such as ephedrine, caffeine, theophylline, and selective β3-adrenergic agonists); alpha-blocking agents; kainite or AMPA receptor antagonists; leptin-lipolysis stimulated receptors; phosphodiesterase enzyme inhibitors; compounds having nucleotide sequences of the mahogany gene; fibroblast growth factor-10 polypeptides; monoamine oxidase inhibitors (such as befloxatone, moclobemide, brofaromine, phenoxathine, esuprone, befol, toloxatone, pirlindol, amiflamine, sercloremine, bazinaprine, lazabemide, milacemide and caroxazone); compounds for increasing lipid metabolism (such as evodiamine compounds); and lipase inhibitors (such as orlistat). Generally, a total dosage of the above-described obesity control medications can range from 1 to 3,000 mg/day, desirably from about 1 to 1,000 mg/day and more desirably from about 1 to 200 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
- The compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more blood modifiers which are chemically different from the substituted azetidinone and substituted β-lactam compounds (such as compounds I-XI above) and the PPAR receptor activators discussed above, for example, they contain one or more different atoms, have a different arrangement of atoms or a different number of one or more atoms than the sterol absorption inhibitor(s) or PPAR receptor activators discussed above. Useful blood modifiers include but are not limited to anti-coagulants (argatroban, bivalirudin, dalteparin sodium, desirudin, dicumarol, lyapolate sodium, nafamostat mesylate, phenprocoumon, tinzaparin sodium, warfarin sodium); antithrombotic (anagrelide hydrochloride, bivalirudin, cilostazol, dalteparin sodium, danaparoid sodium, dazoxiben hydrochloride, efegatran sulfate, enoxaparin sodium, fluretofen, ifetroban, ifetroban sodium, lamifiban, lotrafiban hydrochloride, napsagatran, orbofiban acetate, roxifiban acetate, sibrafiban, tinzaparin sodium, trifenagrel, abciximab, zolimomab aritox); fibrinogen receptor antagonists (roxifiban acetate, fradafiban, orbofiban, lotrafiban hydrochloride, tirofiban, xemilofiban, monoclonal antibody 7E3, sibrafiban); platelet inhibitors (cilostazol, clopidogrel bisulfate, epoprostenol, epoprostenol sodium, ticlopidine hydrochloride, aspirin, ibuprofen, naproxen, sulindae, idomethacin, mefenamate, droxicam, diclofenac, sulfinpyrazone, piroxicam, dipyridamole); platelet aggregation inhibitors (acadesine, beraprost, beraprost sodium, ciprostene calcium, itazigrel, lifarizine, lotrafiban hydrochloride, orbofiban acetate, oxagrelate, fradafiban, orbofiban, tirofiban, xemilofiban); hemorrheologic agents (pentoxifylline); lipoprotein associated coagulation inhibitors; Factor VIIa inhibitors (4H-31-benzoxazin-4-ones, 4H-3,1-benzoxazin-4-thiones, quinazolin-4-ones, quinazolin-4-thiones, benzothiazin-4-ones, imidazolyl-boronic acid-derived peptide analogues TFPI-derived peptides, naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid {1-[3-(aminoiminomethyl)-benzyl]-2-oxo-pyrrolidin-3-(S)-yl}amide trifluoroacetate, dibenzofuran-2-sulfonic acid {1-[3-(aminomethyl)-benzyl]-5-oxo-pyrrolidin-3-yl}-amide, tolulene-4-sulfonic acid {1-[3-(aminoiminomethyl)-benzyl]-2-oxo-pyrrolidin-3-(S)-yl}-amide trifluoroacetate, 3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-sulfonic acid {1-[3-(aminoiminomethyl)-benzyl]-2-oxo-pyrrolin-3-(S)-yl}-amide trifluoroacetate); Factor Xa inhibitors (disubstituted pyrazolines, disubstituted triazolines, substituted n-[(aminoiminomethyl)phenyl]propylamides, substituted n-[(aminomethyl)phenyl]propylamides, tissue factor pathway inhibitor (TFPI), low molecular weight heparins, heparinoids, benzimidazolines, benzoxazolinones, benzopiperazinones, indanones, dibasic (amidinoaryl)propanoic acid derivatives, amidinophenyl-pyrrolidines, amidinophenyl-pyrrolines, amidinophenyl-isoxazolidines, amidinoindoles, amidinoazoles, bis-arlysulfonylaminobenzamide derivatives, peptidic Factor Xa inhibitors).
- The compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more cardiovascular agents which are chemically different from the substituted azetidinone and substituted β-lactam compounds (such as compounds I-XI above) and the PPAR receptor activators discussed above, for example, they contain one or more different atoms, have a different arrangement of atoms or a different number of one or more atoms than the sterol absorption inhibitor(s) or PPAR receptor activators discussed above. Useful cardiovascular agents include but are not limited to calcium channel blockers (clentiazem maleate, amlodipine besylate, isradipine, nimodipine, felodipine, nilvadipine, nifedipine, teludipine hydrochloride, diltiazem hydrochloride, belfosdil, verapamil hydrochloride, fostedil); adrenergic blockers (fenspiride hydrochloride, labetalol hydrochloride, proroxan, alfuzosin hydrochloride, acebutolol, acebutolol hydrochloride, alprenolol hydrochloride, atenolol, bunolol hydrochloride, carteolol hydrochloride, celiprolol hydrochloride, cetamolol hydrochloride, cicloprolol hydrochloride, dexpropranolol hydrochloride, diacetolol hydrochloride, dilevalol hydrochloride, esmolol hydrochloride, exaprolol hydrochloride, flestolol sulfate, labetalol hydrochloride, levobetaxolol hydrochloride, levobunolol hydrochloride, metalol hydrochloride, metoprolol, metoprolol tartrate, nadolol, pamatolol sulfate, penbutolol sulfate, practolol, propranolol hydrochloride, sotalol hydrochloride, timolol, timolol maleate, tiprenolol hydrochloride, tolamolol, bisoprolol, bisoprolol fumarate, nebivolol); adrenergic stimulants; angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors (benazepril hydrochloride, benazeprilat, captopril, delapril hydrochloride, fosinopril sodium, libenzapril, moexipril hydrochloride, pentopril, perindopril, quinapril hydrochloride, quinaprilat, ramipril, spirapril hydrochloride, spiraprilat, teprotide, enalapril maleate, lisinopril, zofenopril calcium, perindopril erbumine); antihypertensive agents (althiazide, benzthiazide, captopril, carvedilol, chlorothiazide sodium, clonidine hydrochloride, cyclothiazide, delapril hydrochloride, dilevalol hydrochloride, doxazosin mesylate, fosinopril sodium, guanfacine hydrochloride, methyldopa, metoprolol succinate, moexipril hydrochloride, monatepil maleate, pelanserin hydrochloride, phenoxybenzamine hydrochloride, prazosin hydrochloride, primidolol, quinapril hydrochloride, quinaprilat, ramipril, terazosin hydrochloride, candesartan, candesartan cilexetil, telmisartan, amlodipine besylate, amlodipine maleate, bevantolol hydrochloride); angiotensin II receptor antagonists (candesartan, irbesartan, losartan potassium, candesartan cilexetil, telmisartan); anti-anginal agents (amlodipine besylate, amlodipine maleate, betaxolol hydrochloride, bevantolol hydrochloride, butoprozine hydrochloride, carvedilol, cinepazet maleate, metoprolol succinate, molsidomine, monatepil maleate, primidolol, ranolazine hydrochoride, tosifen, verapamil hydrochloride); coronary vasodilators (fostedil, azaclorzine hydrochloride, chromonar hydrochloride, clonitrate, diltiazem hydrochloride, dipyridamole, droprenilamine, erythrityl tetranitrate, isosorbide dinitrate, isosorbide mononitrate, lidoflazine, mioflazine hydrochloride, mixidine, molsidomine, nicorandil, nifedipine, nisoldipine, nitroglycerine, oxprenolol hydrochloride, pentrinitrol, perhexiline maleate, prenylamine, propatyl nitrate, terodiline hydrochloride, tolamolol, verapamil); diuretics (the combination product of hydrochlorothiazide and spironolactone and the combination product of hydrochlorothiazide and triamterene).
- The compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more antidiabetic medications for reducing blood glucose levels in a human. Useful antidiabetic medications include, but are not limited to, drugs that reduce energy intake or suppress appetite, drugs that increase energy expenditure and nutrient-partitioning agents. Suitable antidiabetic medications include, but are not limited to, sulfonylurea (such as acetohexamide, chlorpropamide, gliamilide, gliclazide, glimepiride, glipizide, glyburide, glibenclamide, tolazamide, and tolbutamide), meglitinide (such as repaglinide and nateglinide), biguanide (such as metformin and buformin), alpha-glucosidase inhibitor (such as acarbose, miglitol, camiglibose, and voglibose), certain peptides (such as amlintide, pramlintide, exendin, and GLP-1 agonistic peptides), and orally administrable insulin or insulin composition for intestinal delivery thereof. Generally, a total dosage of the above-described antidiabetic medications can range from 0.1 to 1,000 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
- Mixtures of any of the pharmacological or therapeutic agents described above can be used in the compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention.
- In another embodiment, the present invention provides a composition or therapeutic combination comprising (a) at least one AcylCoA:Cholesterol O-acyltransferase Inhibitor and (b) at least one substituted azetidinone compound or at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or at least one substituted β-lactam compound.
- In another embodiment, the present invention provides a composition or therapeutic combination comprising (a) probucol or a derivative thereof and (b) at least one substituted azetidinone compound or at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound.
- In another embodiment, the present invention provides a composition or therapeutic combination comprising (a) at least one low-density lipoprotein receptor activator and (b) at least one substituted azetidinone compound or at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound.
- In another embodiment, the present invention provides a composition or therapeutic combination comprising (a) at least one Omega 3 fatty acid and (b) at least one substituted azetidinone compound or at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound.
- In another embodiment, the present invention provides a composition or therapeutic combination comprising (a) at least one natural water soluble fiber and (b) at least one substituted azetidinone compound or at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound.
- In another embodiment, the present invention provides a composition or therapeutic combination comprising (a) at least one of plant sterols, plant stanols or fatty acid esters of plant stanols and (b) at least one substituted azetidinone compound or at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound.
- In another embodiment, the present invention provides a composition or therapeutic combination comprising (a) at least one antioxidant or vitamin and (b) at least one substituted azetidinone compound or at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound.
- Mixtures of any of the pharmacological or therapeutic agents described above can be used in the compositions and therapeutic combinations of these other embodiments of the present invention.
- The compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention can be administered to a mammal in need of such treatment in a therapeutically effective amount to treat one or more conditions, for example vascular conditions such as atherosclerosis, hyperlipidaemia (including but not limited to hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridaemia, sitosterolemia), vascular inflammation, stroke, diabetes, obesity, and/or reduce the level of sterol(s) in the plasma. The compositions and treatments can be administered by any suitable means which produce contact of these compounds with the site of action in the body, for example in the plasma, liver or small intestine of a mammal or human.
- The daily dosage for the various compositions and therapeutic combinations described above can be administered to a patient in a single dose or in multiple subdoses, as desired. Subdoses can be administered 2 to 6 times per day, for example. Sustained release dosages can be used. Where the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor(s) activator and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) are administered in separate dosages, the number of doses of each component given per day may not necessarily be the same, e.g., one component may have a greater duration of activity and will therefore need to be administered less frequently.
- The pharmaceutical treatment compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention can further comprise one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, one or more excipients and/or one or more additives. Non-limiting examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include solids and/or liquids such as ethanol, glycerol, water and the like. The amount of carrier in the treatment composition can range from about 5 to about 99 weight percent of the total weight of the treatment composition or therapeutic combination. Non-limiting examples of suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and additives include non-toxic compatible fillers, binders such as starch, disintegrants, buffers, preservatives, anti-oxidants, lubricants, flavorings, thickeners, coloring agents, emulsifiers and the like. The amount of excipient or additive can range from about 0.1 to about 90 weight percent of the total weight of the treatment composition or therapeutic combination. One skilled in the art would understand that the amount of carrier(s), excipients and additives (if present) can vary.
- The treatment compositions of the present invention can be administered in any conventional dosage form, preferably an oral dosage form such as a capsule, tablet, powder, cachet, suspension or solution. The formulations and pharmaceutical compositions can be prepared using conventional pharmaceutically acceptable and conventional techniques. Several examples of preparation of dosage formulations are provided below.
- The following formulations exemplify some of the dosage forms of this invention. In each formulation, the term “Active Compound I” designates a substituted azetidinone compound, β-lactam compound or any of the compounds of Formulae I-XI described herein above, or isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or any of the compounds of Formulae I-XI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or any of the compounds of Formulae I-XI or of the isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or any of the compounds of Formulae I-XI, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or any of the compounds of Formulae I-XI or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or any of the compounds of Formulae I-XI, and the term “Active Compound II” designates a PPAR activator described herein above.
-
Tablets No. Inqredient mg/tablet 1 Active Compound I 10 2 Lactose monohydrate NF 55 3 Microcrystalline cellulose NF 20 4 Povidone (K29-32) USP 4 5 Croscarmellose sodium NF 8 6 Sodium lauryl sulfate 2 7 Magnesium stearate NF 1 Total 100 - In the present invention, the above-described tablet can be coadministered with a tablet, capsule, etc. comprising a dosage of Active Compound II, for example a TRICOR® capsule as described above.
- Method of Manufacture
- Mix Item No. 4 with purified water in suitable mixer to form binder solution. Spray the binder solution and then water over Items 1, 2, 6 and a portion of Item 5 in a fluidized bed processor to granulate the ingredients. Continue fluidization to dry the damp granules. Screen the dried granules and blend with Item No. 3 and the remainder of Item 5. Add Item No. 7 and mix. Compress the mixture to appropriate size and weight on a suitable tablet machine.
- For coadministration in separate tablets or capsules, representative formulations comprising a cholesterol absorption inhibitor such as are discussed above are well known in the art and representative formulations comprising a peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator such as are discussed above are well known in the art. It is contemplated that where the two active ingredients are administered as a single composition, the dosage forms disclosed above for substituted azetidinone or β-lactam compounds may readily be modified using the knowledge of one skilled in the art.
- Since the present invention relates to treating conditions as discussed above, such as reducing the plasma sterol (especially cholesterol) concentrations or levels by treatment with a combination of active ingredients wherein the active ingredients may be administered separately, the invention also relates to combining separate pharmaceutical compositions in kit form. That is, a kit is contemplated wherein two separate units are combined: a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator and a separate pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one sterol absorption inhibitor as described above. The kit will preferably include directions for the administration of the separate components. The kit form is particularly advantageous when the separate components must be administered in different dosage forms (e.g., oral and parenteral) or are administered at different dosage intervals.
- The treatment compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention can inhibit the intestinal absorption of cholesterol in mammals, as shown in the Example below, and can be useful in the treatment and/or prevention of conditions, for example vascular conditions, such as atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia and sitosterolemia, stroke, obesity and lowering of plasma levels of cholesterol in mammals, in particular in mammals.
- In another embodiment of the present invention, the compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention can inhibit sterol absorption or reduce plasma concentration of at least one sterol selected from the group consisting of phytosterols (such as sitosterol, campesterol, stigmasterol and avenosterol), 5α-stanols (such as cholestanol, 5α-campestanol, 5α-sitostanol), cholesterol and mixtures thereof. The plasma concentration can be reduced by administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of at least one treatment composition or therapeutic combination comprising at least one PPAR activator and at least one sterol absorption inhibitor described above. The reduction in plasma concentration of sterols can range from about 1 to about 70 percent, and preferably about 10 to about 50 percent. Methods of measuring serum total blood cholesterol and total LDL cholesterol are well known to those skilled in the art and for example include those disclosed in PCT WO 99/38498 at page 11, incorporated by reference herein. Methods of determining levels of other sterols in serum are disclosed in H. Gylling et al., “Serum Sterols During Stanol Ester Feeding in a Mildly Hypercholesterolemic Population”, J. Lipid Res. 40: 593-600 (1999), incorporated by reference herein.
- Illustrating the invention are the following examples which, however, are not to be considered as limiting the invention to their details. Unless otherwise indicated, all parts and percentages in the following examples, as well as throughout the specification, are by weight.
- Step 1): To a solution of (S)-4-phenyl-2-oxazolidinone (41 g, 0.25 mol) in CH2Cl2 (200 ml), was added 4-dimethylaminopyridine (2.5 g, 0.02 mol) and triethylamine (84.7 ml, 0.61 mol) and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. Methyl-4-(chloroformyl)butyrate (50 g, 0.3 mol) was added as a solution in CH2Cl2 (375 ml) dropwise over 1 h, and the reaction was allowed to warm to 22° C. After 17 h, water and H2SO4 (2N, 100 ml), was added the layers were separated, and the organic layer was washed sequentially with NaOH (10%), NaCl (sat'd) and water. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated to obtain a semicrystalline product.
- Step 2): To a solution of TiCl4 (18.2 ml, 0.165 mol) in CH2Cl2 (600 ml) at 0° C., was added titanium isopropoxide (16.5 ml, 0.055 mol). After 15 min, the product of Step 1 (49.0 g, 0.17 mol) was added as a solution in CH2Cl2 (100 ml). After 5 min., diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) (65.2 ml, 0.37 mol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to −20° C., and 4-benzyloxybenzylidine(4-fluoro)aniline (114.3 g, 0.37 mol) was added as a solid. The reaction mixture was stirred vigorously for 4 h at −20° C., then acetic acid was added as a solution in CH2Cl2 dropwise over 15 min, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 0° C., and H2SO4 (2N) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred an additional 1 h, the layers were separated, washed with water, separated and the organic layer was dried. The crude product was crystallized from ethanol/water to obtain the pure intermediate.
- Step 3): To a solution of the product of Step 2 (8.9 g, 14.9 mmol) in toluene (100 ml) at 50° C., was added N,O-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide (BSA) (7.50 ml, 30.3 mmol). After 0.5 h, solid TBAF (0.39 g, 1.5 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at 50° C. for an additional 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 22° C., CH3OH (10 ml), was added. The reaction mixture was washed with HCl (1N), NaHCO3 (1N) and NaCl (sat'd.), and the organic layer was dried over MgSO4.
- Step 4): To a solution of the product of Step 3 (0.94 g, 2.2 mmol) in CH3OH (3 ml), was added water (1 ml) and LiOH.H2O (102 mg, 2.4 mmole). The reaction mixture was stirred at 22° C. for 1 h and then additional LiOH.H2O (54 mg, 1.3 mmole) was added. After a total of 2 h, HCl (1 N) and EtOAc was added, the layers were separated, the organic layer was dried and concentrated in vacuo. To a solution of the resultant product (0.91 g, 2.2 mmol) in CH2Cl2 at 22° C., was added ClCOCOCl (0.29 ml, 3.3 mmol) and the mixture stirred for 16 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo.
- Step 5): To an efficiently stirred suspension of 4-fluorophenylzinc chloride (4.4 mmol) prepared from 4-fluorophenylmagnesium bromide (1 M in THF, 4.4 ml, 4.4 mmol) and ZnCl2 (0.6 g, 4.4 mmol) at 4° C., was added tetrakis(triphenyl-phosphine)palladium (0.25 g, 0.21 mmol) followed by the product of Step 4 (0.94 g, 2.2 mmol) as a solution in THF (2 ml). The reaction was stirred for 1 h at 0° C. and then for 0.5 h at 22° C. HCl (1 N, 5 ml) was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was concentrated to an oil and purified by silica gel chromatography to obtain 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4(S)-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-3(R)-(3-oxo-3-phenylpropyl)-2-azetidinone:
- HRMS calc'd for C24H19F2NO3=408.1429, found 408.1411.
- Step 6): To the product of Step 5 (0.95 g, 1.91 mmol) in THF (3 ml), was added (R)-tetrahydro-1-methyl-3,3-diphenyl-1H,3H-pyrrolo-[1,2-c][1,3,2]oxazaborole (120 mg, 0.43 mmol) and the mixture was cooled to −20° C. After 5 min, borohydride-dimethylsulfide complex (2M in THF, 0.85 ml, 1.7 mmol) was added dropwise over 0.5 h. After a total of 1.5 h, CH3OH was added followed by HCl (1N) and the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc to obtain 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-3(R)-[3(S)-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-hydroxypropyl)]-4(S)-[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]-2-azetidinone (compound 6A-1) as an oil. 1H in CDCl3 d H3=4.68. J=2.3 Hz. Cl (M+H) 500.
- Use of (S)-tetra-hydro-1-methyl-3,3-diphenyl-1H,3H-pyrrolo-[1,2-c][1,3,2]oxazaborole gives the corresponding 3(R)-hydroxypropyl azetidinone (compound 6B-1). 1H in CDCl3 d H3=4.69. J=2.3 Hz. Cl (M+H) 500.
- To a solution of compound 6A-1 (0.4 g, 0.8 mmol) in ethanol (2 ml), was added 10% Pd/C (0.03 g) and the reaction mixture was stirred under a pressure (60 psi) of H2 gas for 16 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the solvent was concentrated to obtain compound 6A. Mp 164-166° C.; Cl (M+H) 410. [α]D 25=−28.1° (c 3, CH3OH). Elemental analysis calc'd for C24H21F2NO3: C, 70.41; H, 5.17; N, 3.42; found C, 70.25; H, 5.19; N, 3.54.
- Similarly treat compound 6B-1 to obtain compound 6B. Mp 129.5-132.5° C.; Cl (M+H) 410. Elemental analysis calc'd for C24H21F2NO3: C, 70.41; H, 5.17; N, 3.42; found C, 70.30; H, 5.14; N, 3.52.
- Step 6′ (Alternative): To a solution of the product of Step 5 (0.14 g, 0.3 mmol) in ethanol (2 ml), was added 10% Pd/C (0.03 g) and the reaction was stirred under a pressure (60 psi) of H2 gas for 16 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the solvent was concentrated to afford a 1:1 mixture of compounds 6A and 6B.
- In a randomized, evaluator-blind, placebo-controlled, parallel-group study 32 healthy hypercholesterolemic humans (screening LDL-C≧130 mg/dL) stabilized and maintained on a NCEP Step I Diet were randomized to one of the following four treatments:
-
- Treatment A—placebo given orally as 1 dose per day,
- Treatment B—10 mg of Compound II given orally as 1 dose per day,
- Treatment C—200 mg of LIPANTHYL® micronized Fenofibrate (available from Labortoire Fournier of France) given orally as 1 dose per day, or
- Treatment D—200 mg of LIPANTHYL® micronized Fenofibrate plus 10 mg of Compound II given orally as 1 dose per day every morning for 14 days.
- Serum lipids were assessed predose (after a minimum of a 10-hour fast) on Day 1 (Baseline), Day 7 and Day 14.
- Results: The mean (S.E.) Day 14 percent (%) change from Baseline in serum lipids (n=8) are shown in Table 1 below:
TABLE 1 Treatment LDL-C Total-C HDL-C TG A −10.1 (4.9) −8.38 (4.0) −14.1 (2.2) 19.1 (13.9) B −22.3 (5.7) −19.6 (4.0) −13.3 (4.4) −4.57 (12.8) C −13.5 (3.1) −13.0 (2.4) −6.1 (3.6) 0.28 (11.4) D −36.3 (3.5) −27.8 (1.7) −1.97 (4.7) −32.4 (4.5) - The coadministration of 10 mg of Compound II and 200 mg of Fenofibrate (Treatment D) was well tolerated and caused a significant (p≦0.03) reduction in LDL-C compared to either drug alone or placebo. In this inpatient study where the subjects' physical activity was restricted, in general HDL-C concentrations tended to decrease and triglycerides tended to increase. The group receiving Treatment C had the least decrease in HDL-C and the greatest decrease in triglyceride levels.
- It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that changes could be made to the embodiments described above without departing from the broad inventive concept thereof. It is understood, therefore, that this invention is not limited to the particular embodiments disclosed, but it is intended to cover modifications which are within the spirit and scope of the invention, as defined by the appended claims.
Claims (22)
1. A composition comprising:
(a) at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and
(b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor selected from the group of compounds represented by Formulae (I) and (III)-(IX):
(1) a compound represented by Formula (I)
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (I) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (I) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof,
wherein in Formula (I) above:
Ar1 and Ar2 are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl and R4-substituted aryl;
Ar3 is aryl or R5-substituted aryl;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(lower alkyl)- and —C(dilower alkyl)-;
R and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9 and —O(CO)NR6R7;
R1 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl;
q is 0 or 1;
r is 0 or 1;
m, n and p are independently selected from 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; provided that at least one of q and r is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, q and r is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and provided that when p is 0 and r is 1, the sum of m, q and n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
R4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR6, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2R9, —COOR6, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6, —CH═CH—COOR6, —CF3, —CN, —NO2 and halogen;
R5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR6, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2R9, —COOR6, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and —CH═CH—COOR6;
R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and
R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl;
(2) a compound represented by Formula (III):
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (III) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (III) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (III) above:
Ar1 is R3-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is R4-substituted aryl;
Ar3 is R5-substituted aryl;
Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(lower alkyl)- and —C(dilower alkyl)-;
A is selected from —O—, —S—, —S(O)— or —S(O)2—;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9 and —O(CO)NR6R7; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl; or R1 and R2 together are ═O;
q is 1, 2 or 3;
p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
R5 is 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR9, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2-lower alkyl, —NR6SO2-aryl, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2-alkyl, S(O)0-2-aryl, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, o-halogeno, m-halogeno, o-lower alkyl, m-lower alkyl, -(lower alkylene)-COOR6, and —CH═CH—COOR6;
R3 and R4 are independently 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of R5, hydrogen, p-lower alkyl, aryl, —NO2, —CF3 and p-halogeno;
R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and
R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl;
(3) a compound represented by Formula (IV):
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IV) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (IV) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (IV) above:
A is selected from the group consisting of R2-substituted heterocycloalkyl, R2-substituted heteroaryl, R2-substituted benzofused heterocycloalkyl, and R2-substituted benzofused heteroaryl;
Ar1 is aryl or R3-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R4-substituted aryl;
Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the spiro group
and
R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
—(CH2)q—, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1;
—(CH2)e-G-(CH2)r—, wherein G is —O—, —C(O)—, phenylene, —NR8— or —S(O)0-2—, e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6;
—(C2-C6 alkenylene)-; and
—(CH2)f—V—(CH2)g—, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6;
R5 is selected from:
R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, —C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl), —CH═CH— and —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—; or R5 together with an adjacent R6, or R5 together with an adjacent R7, form a —CH═CH— or a —CH═C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;
a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R6 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, a is 1; provided that when R7 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, b is 1; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R6's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R7's can be the same or different;
and when Q is a bond, R1 also can be selected from:
where M is —O—, —S—, —S(O)— or —S(O)2—;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(C1-C6 alkyl)- and —C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl);
R10 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of —OR14, —O(CO)R14, —O(CO)OR16 and —O(CO)NR14R15;
R11 and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R10 and R11 together are ═O, or R12 and R13 together are ═O;
d is 1, 2 or 3;
h is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
s is 0 or 1; t is 0 or 1; m, n and p are independently 0-4; provided that at least one of s and t is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6; provided that when p is 0 and t is 1, the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1, the sum of m, t and n is 1-5;
v is 0 or 1;
j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
R2 is 1-3 substituents on the ring carbon atoms selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C10)alkyl, (C2-C10)alkenyl, (C2-C10)alkynyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkenyl, R17-substituted aryl, R17-substituted benzyl, R17-substituted benzyloxy, R17-substituted aryloxy, halogeno, —NR14R15, NR14R15(C1-C6 alkylene)-, NR14R15C(O)(C1-C6 alkylene)-, —NHC(O)R16, OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, —OC(O)R16, —COR14, hydroxy(C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)alkyl, NO2, —S(O)0-2R16, —SO2NR14R15 and —(C1-C6 alkylene)COOR14; when R2 is a substituent on a heterocycloalkyl ring, R2 is as defined, or is ═O or
and, where R2 is a substituent on a substitutable ring nitrogen, it is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, aryloxy, (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, hydroxy, —(CH2)1-6CONR18R18,
wherein J is —O—, —NH—, —NR18— or —CH2—;
R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, —OR14, —O(CO)R14, —O(CO)OR16, —O(CH2)1-5OR14, —O(CO)NR14R15, —NR14R15, —NR14(CO)R15, —NR14(CO)OR16, —NR14(CO)NR15R19, —NR14SO2R16, —COOR14, —CONR14R15, —COR14, —SO2NR14R15, S(O)0-2R16, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR14, —O(CH2)1-10CONR14R15, —(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR , —CH═CH—COOR14, —CF3, —CN, —NO2 and halogen;
R8 is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)R14 or —COOR14;
R9 and R17 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, —COOH, NO2, —NR14R15, OH and halogeno;
R14 and R15 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
R16 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R17-substituted aryl;
R18 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl; and
R19 is hydrogen, hydroxy or (C1-C6)alkoxy;
(4) represented by Formula (V):
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (V) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (V) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (V) above:
Ar1 is aryl, R10-substituted aryl or heteroaryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R4-substituted aryl;
Ar3is aryl or R5-substituted aryl;
X and Y are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(lower alkyl)- and —C(dilower alkyl)-;
R is —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9 or —O(CO)NR6R7; R1 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or aryl; or R and R1 together are ═O;
q is 0 or 1;
r is 0, 1 or 2;
m and n are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; provided that the sum of m, n and q is 1, 2, 3, 4or 5;
R4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR6, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2R9, —COOR6, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and —CH═CH—COOR6;
R5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR6, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2R9, —COOR6, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, —CF3, —CN, —NO2, halogen, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and —CH═CH—COOR6;
R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl;
R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and
R10 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR6, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2R9, —COOR6, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, —S(O)0-2R9, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, —CF3, —CN, —NO2 and halogen;
(5) a compound represented by Formula (VI):
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VI) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VI) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein in Formula VI above:
R1 is
R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of: —CH2—, —CH(lower alkyl)-, —C(di-lower alkyl)-, —CH═CH— and —C(lower alkyl)=CH—; or R1 together with an adjacent R2, or R1 together with an adjacent R3, form a —CH═CH— or a —CH═C(lower alkyl)- group;
u and v are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R2 is —CH═CH— or —C(lower alkyl)=CH—, v is 1; provided that when R3 is —CH═CH— or —C(lower alkyl)=CH—, u is 1; provided that when v is 2 or 3, the R2's can be the same or different; and provided that when u is 2 or 3, the R3's can be the same or different;
R4 is selected from B—(CH2)mC(O)—, wherein m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
B—(CH2)q—, wherein q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B—(CH2)e-Z-(CH2)r—, wherein Z is —O—, —C(O)—, phenylene, —N(R8)— or —S(O)0-2—, e is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of e and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B—(C2-C6 alkenylene)-;
B—(C4-C6 alkadienylene)-;
B—(CH2)t-Z-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-, wherein Z is as defined above, and wherein t is 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B—(CH2)f—V—(CH2)g—, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 and g is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B—(CH2)t—V—(C2-C6 alkenylene)- or
B—(C2-C6 alkenylene)-V—(CH2)t—, wherein V and t are as defined above, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; B—(CH2)a-Z-(CH2)b—V—(CH2)d—, wherein Z and V are as defined above and a, b and d are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, provided that the sum of a, b and d is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or T-(CH2)s—, wherein T is cycloalkyl of 3-6 carbon atoms and s is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or
R1 and R4 together form the group
B is selected from indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, heteroaryl or W-substituted heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl and furanyl, and for nitrogen-containing heteroaryls, the N-oxides thereof, or
W is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, hydroxy lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, (lower alkoxyimino)-lower alkyl, lower alkanedioyl, lower alkyl lower alkanedioyl, allyloxy, —CF3, —OCF3, benzyl, R7-benzyl, benzyloxy, R7-benzyloxy, phenoxy, R7-phenoxy, dioxolanyl, NO2, —N(R8)(R9), N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylene-, N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylenyloxy-, OH, halogeno, —CN, —N3, —NHC(O)OR10, —NHC(O)R10, R11O2SNH—, (R11O2S)2N—, —S(O)2NH2, —S(O)0-2R8, tert-butyldimethyl-silyloxymethyl, —C(O)R12, —COOR19, —CON(R8)(R9), —CH═CHC(O)R12, -lower alkylene-C(O)R12, R10C(O)(lower alkylenyloxy)-, N(R8)(R9)C(O)(lower alkylenyloxy)- and
for substitution on ring carbon atoms, and the substituents on the substituted heteroaryl ring nitrogen atoms, when present, are selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, —C(O)OR10, —C(O)R10, OH, N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylene-,N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylenyloxy-, —S(O)2NH2 and 2-(trimethylsilyl)-ethoxymethyl;
R7 is 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, —COOH, NO2, —N(R8)(R9), OH, and halogeno;
R8 and R9 are independently selected from H or lower alkyl;
R10 is selected from lower alkyl, phenyl, R7-phenyl, benzyl or R7-benzyl;
R11 is selected from OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, R7-phenyl or R7-benzyl;
R12 is selected from H, OH, alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy,
—N(R8)(R9), lower alkyl, phenyl or R7-phenyl;
R13 is selected from —O—, —CH2—, —NH—, —N(lower alkyl)- or —NC(O)R19;
R15, R16 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and the groups defined for W; or R15 is hydrogen and R16 and R17, together with adjacent carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a dioxolanyl ring;
R19 is H, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl lower alkyl; and
R20 and R21 are independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, W-substituted naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzodioxolyl, heteroaryl, W-substituted heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl, W-substituted benzofused heteroaryl and cyclopropyl, wherein heteroaryl is as defined above;
(6) a compound represented by Formula (VII):
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VII) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VII) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein in Formula (VII):
A is —CH═CH—, —C≡C— or —(CH2)p— wherein p is 0, 1 or 2;
B is
E is C10 to C20 alkyl or —C(O)—(C9 to C19)-alkyl, wherein the alkyl is straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds;
R is hydrogen, C1-C15 alkyl, straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds, or B—(CH2)r—, wherein r is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
R1, R2, and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO2, NH2, OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, —NHC(O)OR5, R6O2SNH— and —S(O)2NH2;
R4 is
wherein n is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
R5 is lower alkyl; and
R6 is OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl or substituted phenyl wherein the substituents are 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO2, NH2, OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino and dilower alkylamino;
(7) a compound represented by Formula (VIII):
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VIII) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VII) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (VIII) above,
R26 is H or OG1;
G and G1 are independently selected from the group consisting of
provided that when R26 is H or OH, G is not H;
R, Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of H, —OH, halogeno, —NH2, azido, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)-alkoxy or —W—R30;
W is independently selected from the group consisting of —NH—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—N(R31)—, —NH—C(O)—N(R31)— and —O—C(S)—N(R31)—;
R2 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C6)alkyl;
R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)(C1-C6)alkyl and —C(O)aryl;
R30 is selected from the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R32-substituted-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C6)alkyl;
R31 is selected from the group consisting of H and (C1-C4)alkyl;
T is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogeno, (C1-C4)alkyl, —OH, phenoxy, —CF3, —NO2, (C1-C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C1-C4)alkylsulfanyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonyl, —N(CH3)2, —C(O)—NH(C1-C4)alkyl, —C(O)—N((C1-C4)alkyl)2, —C(O)—(C1-C4)alkyl, —C(O)—(C1-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R31, the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group;
Ar1 is aryl or R10-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R11-substituted aryl;
Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the spiro group
and
R1 is selected from the group consisting of
—(CH2)q—, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1;
—(CH2)e-E-(CH2)r—, wherein E is —O—, —C(O)—, phenylene, —NR22— or —S(O)0-2—, e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6;
—(C2-C6)alkenylene-; and
—(CH2)f—V—(CH2)g—, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6;
R12 is
R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, —C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl), —CH═CH— and —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—; or R12 together with an adjacent R13, or R12 together with an adjacent R14, form a —CH═CH— or a —CH═C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;
a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero;
provided that when R13 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, a is 1;
provided that when R14 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, b is 1;
provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R13's can be the same or different; and
provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R14's can be the same or different;
and when Q is a bond, R1 also can be:
M is —O—, —S—, —S(O)— or —S(O)2—;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(C1-C6)alkyl- and —C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl);
R10 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, —OR19, —O(CO)R19, —O(CO)OR21, —O(CH2)1-5OR19, —O(CO)NR19R20, —NR19R20, —NR19(CO)R20, —NR19(CO)OR21, —NR19(CO)NR20R25, —NR19SO2R21, —COOR19, —CONR19R20, —COR19, —SO2NR19R20, S(O)0-2R21, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR19, —O(CH2)1-10CONR19R20, —(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR19, —CH═CH—COOR19, —CF3, —CN, —NO2 and halogen;
R15 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of —OR19, —O(CO)R19, —O(CO)OR21 and —O(CO)NR19R20;
R16 and R18 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R15 and R16 together are ═O, or R17 and R18 together are ═O;
d is 1, 2 or 3;
h is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
s is 0 or 1; t is 0 or 1; m, n and p are independently 0-4;
provided that at least one of s and t is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6;
provided that when p is 0 and t is 1, the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1, the sum of m, t and n is 1-5;
v is 0 or 1;
j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
and when Q is a bond and R1 is
Ar1 can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
R19 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
R21 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R24-substituted aryl;
R22 is H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)R19 or —COOR19;
R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, —COOH, NO2, —NR19R20, —OH and halogeno; and
R25 is H, —OH or (C1-C6)alkoxy; and
(8) a compound represented by Formula (IX):
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IX) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (IX) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (IX) above,
R26 is selected from the group consisting of:
a) OH;
b) OCH3;
c) fluorine and
d) chlorine;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of
—SO3H; natural and unnatural amino acids;
R, Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of H, —OH, halogeno, —NH2, azido, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)-alkoxy and —W—R30;
W is independently selected from the group consisting of —NH—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—N(R31)—, —NH—C(O)—N(R31)— and —O—C(S)—N(R31)—;
R2 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C6)alkyl;
R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)(C1-C6)alkyl and —C(O)aryl;
R30 is independently selected form the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R32-substituted-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C6)alkyl;
R31 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (C1-C4)alkyl;
T is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogeno, (C1-C4)alkyl, —OH, phenoxy, —CF3, —NO2, (C1-C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C1-C4)alkylsulfanyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonyl, —N(CH3)2, —C(O)—NH(C1-C4)alkyl, —C(O)—N((C1-C4)alkyl)2, —C(O)—(C1-C4)alkyl, —C(O)—(C1-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R31, the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group;
Ar1 is aryl, R10-substituted aryl; pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
Ar2 is aryl or R11-substituted aryl;
Q is —(CH2)q—, wherein q is 2-6, or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone,
forms the spiro group
R12 is
R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, —C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl), —CH═CH— and —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—; or R12 together with an adjacent R13, or R12 together with an adjacent R14, form a —CH═CH— or a —CH═C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;
a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R13 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, a is 1; provided that when R14 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, b is 1; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R13's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R14's can be the same or different;
R10 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, —OR19, —O(CO)R19, —O(CO)OR21, —O(CH2)1-5OR19, —O(CO)NR19R20, —NR19R20, —NR19(CO)R20, —NR19(CO)OR21, —NR19(CO)NR20R25, —NR19SO2R21, —COOR19, —CONR19R20, —COR19, —SO2NR19R20, —S(O)0-2R21, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR19, —O(CH2)1-10CONR19R20, —(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR19, —CH═CH—COOR19, —CF3, —CN, —NO2 and halogen;
R19 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
R21 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R24-substituted aryl;
R22 is H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)R19 or —COOR19;
R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, —COOH, NO2, —NR19R20, —OH and halogeno; and
R25 is H, —OH or (C1-C6)alkoxy.
2. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator is selected from the group consisting of fenofibrate, clofibrate, gemfibrozil, ciprofibrate, bezafibrate, clinofibrate, binifibrate, lifibrol and mixtures thereof.
3. The composition according to claim 2 , wherein the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator comprises fenofibrate.
5. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitor.
6. The composition according to claim 5 , wherein the at least one cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of lovastatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin, simvastatin, atorvastatin, rosuvastatin, cerivastatin and mixtures thereof.
7. The composition according to claim 6 , wherein the at least one cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitor is simvastatin.
8. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one bile acid sequestrant.
9. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising nicotinic acid or a derivative thereof.
10. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one AcylCoA:Cholesterol O-acyltransferase Inhibitor.
11. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one low-density lipoprotein receptor activator.
12. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one Omega 3 fatty acid.
13. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one of plant sterols, plant stanols or fatty acid esters of plant stanols.
14. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one obesity control medication.
15. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one blood modifier.
16. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one antidiabetic medication.
17. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the composition of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
18. A therapeutic combination comprising:
(a) a first amount of at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator; and
(b) a second amount of at least one sterol absorption inhibitor selected from the group of compounds represented by Formulae (I) and (III)-(IX):
(1) a compound represented by Formula (I):
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (I) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (I) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof,
wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl and R4-substituted aryl;
Ar3 is aryl or R5-substituted aryl;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(lower alkyl)- and —C(dilower alkyl)-;
R and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9 and —O(CO)NR6R7;
R1 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl;
q is 0 or 1;
r is 0 or 1;
m, n and p are independently selected from 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; provided that at least one of q and r is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, q and r is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and provided that when p is 0 and r is 1, the sum of m, q and n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
R4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR6, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2R9, —COOR6, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6, —CH═CH—COOR6, —CF3, —CN, —NO2 and halogen;
R5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR6, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2R9, —COOR6, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and —CH═CH—COOR6;
R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and
R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl;
(2) a compound represented by Formula (III):
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (III) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (III) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (III) above:
Ar1 is R3-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is R4-substituted aryl;
Ar3 is R5-substituted aryl;
Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(lower alkyl)- and —C(dilower alkyl)-;
A is selected from —O—, —S—, —S(O)— or —S(O)2—;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9 and —O(CO)NR6R7; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl; or R1 and R2 together are ═O;
q is 1, 2 or 3;
p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
R5 is 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR9, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2-lower alkyl, —NR6SO2-aryl, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2-alkyl, S(O)0-2-aryl, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, o-halogeno, m-halogeno, o-lower alkyl, m-lower alkyl, -(lower alkylene)-COOR6, and —CH═CH—COOR6;
R3 and R4 are independently 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of R5, hydrogen, p-lower alkyl, aryl, —NO2, —CF3 and p-halogeno;
R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and
R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl;
(3) a compound represented by Formula (IV):
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IV) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (IV) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (IV) above:
A is selected from the group consisting of R2-substituted heterocycloalkyl, R2-substituted heteroaryl, R2-substituted benzofused heterocycloalkyl, and R2-substituted benzofused heteroaryl;
Ar1 is aryl or R3-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R4-substituted aryl;
Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the spiro group
and
R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
—(CH2)q—, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1;
—(CH2)e-G-(CH2)r, wherein G is —O—, —C(O)—, phenylene, —NR8— or —S(O)0-2—, e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6;
—(C2-C6 alkenylene)-; and
—(CH2)f—V—(CH2)g—, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6;
R5 is selected from:
R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, —C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl), —CH═CH— and —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—; or R5 together with an adjacent R6, or R5 together with an adjacent R7, form a —CH═CH— or a —CH═C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;
a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R6 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, a is 1; provided that when R7 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, b is 1; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R6's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R7's can be the same or different;
and when Q is a bond, R1 also can be selected from:
where M is —O—, —S—, —S(O)— or —S(O)2—;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(C1-C6 alkyl)- and —C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl);
R10 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of —OR14, —O(CO)R14, —O(CO)OR16 and —O(CO)NR14R15;
R11 and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R10 and R11 together are ═O, or R12 and R13 together are ═O;
d is 1, 2 or 3;
h is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
s is 0 or 1; t is 0 or 1; m, n and p are independently 0-4; provided that at least one of s and t is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6; provided that when p is 0 and t is 1, the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1, the sum of m, t and n is 1-5;
v is 0 or 1;
j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
R2 is 1-3 substituents on the ring carbon atoms selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C10)alkyl, (C2-C10)alkenyl, (C2-C10)alkynyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkenyl, R17-substituted aryl, R17-substituted benzyl, R17-substituted benzyloxy, R17-substituted aryloxy, halogeno, —NR14R15, NR14R15(C1-C6 alkylene)-, NR14R15C(O)(C1-C6 alkylene)-, —NHC(O)R16, OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, —OC(O)R16, —COR14, hydroxy(C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)alkyl, NO2, —S(O)0-2R16, —SO2NR14R15 and —(C1-C6 alkylene)COOR14; when R2 is a substituent on a heterocycloalkyl ring, R2 is as defined, or is ═O or
and, where R2 is a substituent on a substitutable ring nitrogen, it is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, aryloxy, (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, hydroxy, —(CH2)1-6CONR18R18,
wherein J is —O—, —NH—, —NR18— or —CH2—;
R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, —OR14, —O(CO)R14, —O(CO)OR16, —O(CH2)1-5OR14, —O(CO)NR14R15, —NR14R15, —NR14(CO)R15, —NR14(CO)OR16, —NR14(CO)NR15R19, —NR14SO2R16, —COOR14, —CONR14R15, —COR14, —SO2NR14R15, S(O)0-2R16, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR14, —O(CH2)1-10CONR14R15, —(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR14, —CH═CH—COOR14, —CF3, —CN, —NO2 and halogen;
R8 is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)R14 or —COOR14;
R9 and R17 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, —COOH, NO2, —NR14R15, OH and halogeno;
R14 and R15 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
R16 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R17-substituted aryl;
R18 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl; and
R19 is hydrogen, hydroxy or (C1-C6)alkoxy;
(4) a compound represented by Formula (V):
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (V) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (V) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (V) above:
Ar1 is aryl, R10-substituted aryl or heteroaryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R4-substituted aryl;
Ar3 is aryl or R5-substituted aryl;
X and Y are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(lower alkyl)- and —C(dilower alkyl)-;
R is —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9 or —O(CO)NR6R7; R1 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or aryl; or R and R1 together are ═O;
q is 0 or 1;
r is 0, 1 or 2;
m and n are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; provided that the sum of m, n and q is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
R4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR6, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2R9, —COOR6, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and —CH═CH—COOR6;
R5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR6, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2R9, —COOR6, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, —CF3, —CN, —NO2, halogen, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and —CH═CH—COOR6;
R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl;
R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and
R10 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, —OR6, —O(CO)R6, —O(CO)OR9, —O(CH2)1-5OR6, —O(CO)NR6R7, —NR6R7, —NR6(CO)R7, —NR6(CO)OR9, —NR6(CO)NR7R8, —NR6SO2R9, —COOR6, —CONR6R7, —COR6, —SO2NR6R7, —S(O)0-2R9, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR6, —O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, —CF3, —CN, —NO2 and halogen;
(5) a compound represented by Formula (VI):
is or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VI) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VI) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein in Formula VI above:
R1 is
R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of: —CH2—, —CH(lower alkyl)-, —C(di-lower alkyl)-, —CH═CH— and —C(lower alkyl)=CH—; or R1 together with an adjacent R2, or R1 together with an adjacent R3, form a —CH═CH— or a —CH═C(lower alkyl)- group;
u and v are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R2 is —CH═CH— or —C(lower alkyl)=CH—, v is 1; provided that when R3 is —CH═CH— or —C(lower alkyl)=CH—, u is 1; provided that when v is 2 or 3, the R2's can be the same or different; and provided that when u is 2 or 3, the R3's can be the same or different;
R4 is selected from B—(CH2)mC(O)—, wherein m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
B—(CH2)q—, wherein q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B—(CH2)e-Z-(CH2)r—, wherein Z is —O—, —C(O)—, phenylene, —N(R8)— or —S(O)0-2—, e is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of e and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B—(C2-C6 alkenylene)-;
B—(C4-C6 alkadienylene)-;
B—(CH2)t-Z-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-, wherein Z is as defined above, and wherein t is 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B—(CH2)f—V—(CH2)g—, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 and g is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B—(CH2)t—V—(C2-C6 alkenylene)- or
B—(C2-C6 alkenylene)-V—(CH2)t—, wherein V and t are as defined above, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; B—(CH2)a-Z-(CH2)b—V—(CH2)d—, wherein Z and V are as defined above and a, b and d are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, provided that the sum of a, b and d is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or T-(CH2)s—, wherein T is cycloalkyl of 3-6 carbon atoms and s is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or
R1 and R4 together form the group
B is selected from indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, heteroaryl or W-substituted heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl and furanyl, and for nitrogen-containing heteroaryls, the N-oxides thereof, or
W is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, hydroxy lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, (lower alkoxyimino)-lower alkyl, lower alkanedioyl, lower alkyl lower alkanedioyl, allyloxy, —CF3, —OCF3, benzyl, R7-benzyl, benzyloxy, R7-benzyloxy, phenoxy, R7-phenoxy, dioxolanyl, NO2, —N(R8)(R9), N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylene-, N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylenyloxy-, OH, halogeno, —CN, —N3, —NHC(O)OR10, —NHC(O)R10, R11O2SNH—, (R11O2S)2N—, —S(O)2NH2, —S(O)0-2R8, tert-butyldimethyl-silyloxymethyl, —C(O)R12, —COOR19, —CON(R8)(R9), —CH═CHC(O)R12, -lower alkylene-C(O)R12, R10C(O)(lower alkylenyloxy)-, N(R8)(R9)C(O)(lower alkylenyloxy)- and
for substitution on ring carbon atoms, and the substituents on the substituted heteroaryl ring nitrogen atoms, when present, are selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, —C(O)OR10, —C(O)R10, OH, N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylene-,N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylenyloxy-, —S(O)2NH2 and 2-(trimethylsilyl)-ethoxymethyl;
R7 is 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, —COOH, NO2, —N(R8)(R9), OH, and halogeno;
R8 and R9 are independently selected from H or lower alkyl;
R10 is selected from lower alkyl, phenyl, R7-phenyl, benzyl or R7-benzyl;
R11 is selected from OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, R7-phenyl or R7-benzyl;
R12 is selected from H, OH, alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy,
R13 is selected from —O—, —CH2—, —NH—, —N(lower alkyl)- or —NC(O)R19;
R15; R16 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and the groups defined for W; or R15 is hydrogen and R16 and R17, together with adjacent carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a dioxolanyl ring;
R19 is H, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl lower alkyl; and
R20 and R21 are independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, W-substituted naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzodioxolyl, heteroaryl, W-substituted heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl, W-substituted benzofused heteroaryl and cyclopropyl, wherein heteroaryl is as defined above;
(6) a compound represented by Formula (VII):
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VII) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VII) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein in Formula (VII):
A is —CH═CH—, —C≡C— or —(CH2)p— wherein p is 0, 1 or 2;
B is
E is C10 to C20 alkyl or —C(O)—(C9 to C19)-alkyl, wherein the alkyl is straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds;
R is hydrogen, C1-C15 alkyl, straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds, or B—(CH2)r—, wherein r is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
R1, R2, and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO2, NH2, OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, —NHC(O)OR5, R6O2SNH— and —S(O)2NH2;
R4 is
wherein n is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
R5 is lower alkyl; and
R6 is OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl or substituted phenyl wherein the substituents are 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO2, NH2, OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino and dilower alkylamino;
(7) a compound represented by Formula (VIII):
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VIII) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VII) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (VII) above,
R26 is H or OG1;
G and G1 are independently selected from the group consisting of
provided that when R26 is H or OH, G is not H;
R, Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of H, —OH, halogeno, —NH2, azido, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)-alkoxy or —W—R30;
W is independently selected from the group consisting of —NH—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—N(R31)—, —NH—C(O)—N(R31)— and —O—C(S)—N(R31)—;
R2 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C6)alkyl;
R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)(C1-C6)alkyl and —C(O)aryl;
R30 is selected from the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R32-substituted-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C6)alkyl;
R31 is selected from the group consisting of H and (C1-C4)alkyl;
T is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogeno, (C1-C4)alkyl, —OH, phenoxy, —CF3, —NO2, (C1-C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C1-C4)alkylsulfanyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonyl, —N(CH3)2, —C(O)—NH(C1-C4)alkyl, —C(O)—N((C1-C4)alkyl)2, —C(O)—(C1-C4)alkyl, —C(O)—(C1-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R31, the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group;
Ar1 is aryl or R10-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R11-substituted aryl;
Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the spiro group
and
R1 is selected from the group consisting of
—(CH2)q—, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1;
—(CH2)e-E-(CH2)r—, wherein E is —O—, —C(O)—, phenylene, —NR22— or —S(O)0-2—, e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6;
—(C2-C6)alkenylene-; and
—(CH2)f—V—(CH2)g—, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6;
R12 is
R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, —C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl), —CH═CH— and —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—; or R12 together with an adjacent R13, or R12 together with an adjacent R14, form a —CH═CH— or a —CH═C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;
a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero;
provided that when R13 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, a is 1;
provided that when R14 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, b is 1;
provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R13's can be the same or different; and
provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R14's can be the same or different;
and when Q is a bond, R1 also can be:
M is —O—, —S—, —S(O)— or —S(O)2—;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(C1-C6)alkyl- and —C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl);
R10 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, —OR19, —O(CO)R19, —O(CO)OR21, —O(CH2)1-5OR19, —O(CO)NR19R20, —NR19R20, —NR19(CO)R20, —NR19(CO)OR21, —NR19(CO)NR20R25, —NR19SO2R21, —COOR19, —CONR19R20, —COR19, —SO2NR19R20, S(O)0-2R21, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR19, —O(CH2)1-10CONR19R20, —(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR19, —CH═CH—COOR19, —CF3, —CN, —NO2 and halogen;
R15 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of —OR19, —O(CO)R19, —O(CO)OR21 and —O(CO)NR19R20;
R16 and R18 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R15 and R16 together are ═O, or R17 and R18 together are ═O;
d is 1, 2 or 3;
h is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
s is 0 or 1; t is 0 or 1; m, n and p are independently 0-4;
provided that at least one of s and t is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6;
provided that when p is 0 and t is 1, the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1, the sum of m, t and n is 1-5;
v is 0 or 1;
j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
and when Q is a bond and R1 is
Ar1 can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
R19 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
R21 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R24-substituted aryl;
R22 is H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)R19 or —COOR19;
R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, —COOH, NO2, —NR19R20, —OH and halogeno; and
R25 is H, —OH or (C1-C6)alkoxy; and
(8) a compound represented by Formula (IX):
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IX) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (IX) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (IX) above,
R26 is selected from the group consisting of:
a) OH;
b) OCH3;
c) fluorine and
d) chlorine;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of
—SO3H; natural and unnatural amino acids;
R, Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of H, —OH, halogeno, —NH2, azido, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)-alkoxy and —W—R30;
W is independently selected from the group consisting of —NH—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—, —O—C(O)—N(R31)—, —NH—C(O)—N(R31)— and —O—C(S)—N(R31)—;
R2 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C6)alkyl;
R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)(C1-C6)alkyl and —C(O)aryl;
R30 is independently selected form the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R32-substituted-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl (C1-C6)alkyl;
R31 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (C1-C4)alkyl;
T is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogeno, (C1-C4)alkyl, —OH, phenoxy, —CF3, —NO2, (C1-C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C1-C4)alkylsulfanyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonyl, —N(CH3)2, —C(O)—NH(C1-C4)alkyl, —C(O)—N((C1-C4)alkyl)2, —C(O)—(C1-C4)alkyl, —C(O)—(C1-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R31, the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group;
Ar1 is aryl, R10-substituted aryl; pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
Ar2 is aryl or R11-substituted aryl;
Q is —(CH2)q—, wherein q is 2-6, or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone,
forms the spiro group
R12 is
R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, —C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl), —CH═CH— and —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—; or R12 together with an adjacent R13, or R12 together with an adjacent R14, form a —CH═CH— or a —CH═C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;
a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R13 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, a is 1; provided that when R14 is —CH═CH— or —C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH—, b is 1; provided that when a is 2 or3, the R13's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R14's can be the same or different;
R10 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, —OR19, —O(CO)R19, —O(CO)OR21, —O(CH2)1-5OR19, —O(CO)NR19R20, —NR19R20, —NR19(CO)R20, —NR19(CO)OR21, —NR19(CO)NR20R25, —NR19SO2R21, —COOR19, —CONR19R20, —COR19, —SO2NR19R20, —S(O)0-2R21, —O(CH2)1-10—COOR19, —O(CH2)1-10CONR19R20, —(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR19, —CH═CH—COOR19, —CF3, —CN, —NO2 and halogen;
R19 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
R21 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R24-substituted aryl;
R22 is H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)R19 or —COOR19;
R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, —COOH, NO2, —NR19R20, —OH and halogeno; and
R25 is H, —OH or (C1-C6)alkoxy;
wherein the first amount and the second amount together comprise a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal.
19. A therapeutic combination according to claim 18 , wherein the at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator is administered concomitantly with the at least one sterol absorption inhibitor.
20. A therapeutic combination according to claim 18 , wherein the at least one peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor activator and the at least one sterol absorption inhibitor are present in separate treatment compositions.
21. A composition comprising (a) at least one of an AcylCoA:Cholesterol O-acyltransferase Inhibitor, low-density lipoprotein receptor activator, Omega 3 fatty acid, natural water soluble fiber, plant sterol, plant stanol, fatty acid ester of a plant stanol, antioxidant or vitamin and (b) at least one substituted azetidinone compound or substituted β-lactam compound or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof.
22. A therapeutic combination comprising (a) a first amount of at least one of an AcylCoA:Cholesterol O-acyltransferase Inhibitor, low-density lipoprotein receptor activator, Omega 3 fatty acid, natural water soluble fiber, plant sterol, plant stanol, fatty acid ester of a plant stanol, antioxidant or vitamin; and (b) a second amount at least one substituted azetidinone compound or substituted β-lactam compound or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein the first amount and the second amount together comprise a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/897,227 US20080058306A1 (en) | 2001-01-26 | 2007-08-29 | Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitors(s) and treatments for vascular indications |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US26439601P | 2001-01-26 | 2001-01-26 | |
US32383901P | 2001-09-21 | 2001-09-21 | |
US10/057,323 US20020151536A1 (en) | 2001-01-26 | 2002-01-25 | Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications |
US11/897,227 US20080058306A1 (en) | 2001-01-26 | 2007-08-29 | Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitors(s) and treatments for vascular indications |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/057,323 Continuation US20020151536A1 (en) | 2001-01-26 | 2002-01-25 | Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20080058306A1 true US20080058306A1 (en) | 2008-03-06 |
Family
ID=26950511
Family Applications (5)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/057,323 Abandoned US20020151536A1 (en) | 2001-01-26 | 2002-01-25 | Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications |
US10/136,968 Expired - Lifetime US7030106B2 (en) | 2001-01-26 | 2002-05-01 | Sterol absorption inhibitor compositions |
US10/998,400 Expired - Lifetime US7612058B2 (en) | 2001-01-26 | 2004-11-29 | Methods for inhibiting sterol absorption |
US11/158,429 Abandoned US20060199793A1 (en) | 2001-01-26 | 2005-06-22 | Sterol absorption inhibitor compounds |
US11/897,227 Abandoned US20080058306A1 (en) | 2001-01-26 | 2007-08-29 | Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitors(s) and treatments for vascular indications |
Family Applications Before (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/057,323 Abandoned US20020151536A1 (en) | 2001-01-26 | 2002-01-25 | Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications |
US10/136,968 Expired - Lifetime US7030106B2 (en) | 2001-01-26 | 2002-05-01 | Sterol absorption inhibitor compositions |
US10/998,400 Expired - Lifetime US7612058B2 (en) | 2001-01-26 | 2004-11-29 | Methods for inhibiting sterol absorption |
US11/158,429 Abandoned US20060199793A1 (en) | 2001-01-26 | 2005-06-22 | Sterol absorption inhibitor compounds |
Country Status (33)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (5) | US20020151536A1 (en) |
EP (2) | EP1413331B1 (en) |
JP (4) | JP4777602B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR100596257B1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN100509058C (en) |
AR (2) | AR033855A1 (en) |
AT (2) | ATE374641T1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU2002247019C1 (en) |
BR (1) | BR0206654A (en) |
CA (3) | CA2434682C (en) |
CL (1) | CL2004001174A1 (en) |
CY (2) | CY1108000T1 (en) |
CZ (2) | CZ309209B6 (en) |
DE (2) | DE60222773T2 (en) |
DK (2) | DK1413331T3 (en) |
EC (1) | ECSP11004702A (en) |
ES (2) | ES2290562T3 (en) |
HK (2) | HK1063607A1 (en) |
HU (2) | HUP0303915A3 (en) |
IL (3) | IL156445A0 (en) |
ME (1) | MEP27808A (en) |
MX (1) | MXPA03006725A (en) |
NO (1) | NO331512B1 (en) |
NZ (1) | NZ525921A (en) |
PL (1) | PL208110B1 (en) |
PT (2) | PT1353696E (en) |
RS (2) | RS51449B (en) |
RU (1) | RU2356550C2 (en) |
SI (2) | SI1413331T1 (en) |
SK (2) | SK287988B6 (en) |
TW (1) | TWI337083B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2002058732A2 (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA200305693B (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9388440B2 (en) | 2009-04-01 | 2016-07-12 | Mylan Laboratories Limited | Enzymatic process for the preparation of (S)-5-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-5-hydroxy-1morpholin-4-yl-pentan-1-one, an intermediate of Ezetimibe and further conversion to Ezetimibe |
Families Citing this family (50)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
SI1363668T1 (en) * | 2001-01-26 | 2007-12-31 | Schering Corp | Combinations of bile acid sequestrant(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications |
WO2002058685A2 (en) * | 2001-01-26 | 2002-08-01 | Schering Corporation | Combinations of nicotinic acid and derivatives thereof and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications |
ATE345793T1 (en) * | 2001-09-21 | 2006-12-15 | Schering Corp | TREATMENT OF XANTHOMA USING AZETIDINONE DERIVATIVES AS STEROL ABSORPTION INHIBITORS |
WO2003026573A2 (en) * | 2001-09-24 | 2003-04-03 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Screening and selection methods for statin drug combinations |
GB0215579D0 (en) | 2002-07-05 | 2002-08-14 | Astrazeneca Ab | Chemical compounds |
US7135556B2 (en) * | 2002-07-19 | 2006-11-14 | Schering Corporation | NPC1L1 (NPC3) and methods of use thereof |
AR040588A1 (en) | 2002-07-26 | 2005-04-13 | Schering Corp | PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATION INCLUDING AN INHIBITOR OF CHOLESTEROL ABSORPTION AND AN INHIBITOR OF A HMGCO TO REDUCTASE |
NZ569868A (en) * | 2002-09-27 | 2010-01-29 | Martek Biosciences Corp | Prophylactic docosahexaenoic acid therapy for patients with subclinical inflammation |
CN100339078C (en) * | 2002-12-16 | 2007-09-26 | 橘生药品工业株式会社 | Solid drug for oral use |
WO2004069193A2 (en) * | 2003-02-03 | 2004-08-19 | Thomas Jefferson University | Methods and compositions for inhibiting cholesterol uptake |
ATE406364T1 (en) | 2003-03-07 | 2008-09-15 | Schering Corp | SUBSTITUTED AZETIDINONE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATIONS AND THEIR USE IN THE TREATMENT OF HYPERCHOLESTEROLEMIA |
ES2318274T3 (en) | 2003-03-07 | 2009-05-01 | Schering Corporation | AZETIDINONA SUBSTITUTED COMPOUNDS, FORMULATIONS AND USE OF THE SAME FOR THE TREATMENT OF HYPERCHOLESTEROLEMIA. |
JP2005015434A (en) * | 2003-06-27 | 2005-01-20 | Kotobuki Seiyaku Kk | Serum cholesterol-lowering agent or prophylactic or therapeutic agent for atherosclerosis |
US20050096307A1 (en) * | 2003-11-05 | 2005-05-05 | Schering Corporation | Combinations of lipid modulating agents and substituted azetidinones and treatments for vascular conditions |
ATE428411T1 (en) * | 2003-11-07 | 2009-05-15 | Jj Pharma Inc | HDL-BOOSTING COMBINATION THERAPY COMPLEXES |
BRPI0418004A (en) | 2003-12-23 | 2007-04-17 | Astrazeneca Ab | compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of such a salt or a prodrug thereof, methods for treating or preventing hyperlipidemic conditions, atherosclerosis, alzheimer's disease, and cholesterol-associated tumors, pharmaceutical formulation, combination, and process for preparing a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of such a salt or a prodrug thereof |
JP4590417B2 (en) * | 2004-01-16 | 2010-12-01 | メルク・シャープ・エンド・ドーム・コーポレイション | NPC1L1 (NPC3) and method for identifying this ligand |
US20070116645A1 (en) * | 2004-02-03 | 2007-05-24 | Steven Farber | Methods and compositions for inhibiting cholesterol uptake |
US7838552B2 (en) | 2004-06-04 | 2010-11-23 | Forest Laboratories Holdings Limited | Compositions comprising nebivolol |
US7803838B2 (en) | 2004-06-04 | 2010-09-28 | Forest Laboratories Holdings Limited | Compositions comprising nebivolol |
DE602005025755D1 (en) | 2004-06-04 | 2011-02-17 | Teva Pharma | IRBESARTAN PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING |
CN1759834B (en) * | 2004-09-17 | 2010-06-23 | 中国医学科学院医药生物技术研究所 | Application of berberine or associated with Simvastatin in preparing product for preventing or curing disease or symptom related to blood fat |
US7524831B2 (en) | 2005-03-02 | 2009-04-28 | Schering Corporation | Treatments for Flaviviridae virus infection |
UY29607A1 (en) | 2005-06-20 | 2007-01-31 | Astrazeneca Ab | CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS |
AR057072A1 (en) | 2005-06-22 | 2007-11-14 | Astrazeneca Ab | CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS DERIVED FROM 2-AZETIDINONE, PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATION AND A COMPOUND PREPARATION PROCESS |
SA06270191B1 (en) | 2005-06-22 | 2010-03-29 | استرازينيكا ايه بي | Novel 2-Azetidinone Derivatives as Cholesterol Absorption Inhibitors for the Treatment of Hyperlipidaemic Conditions |
EP1741427A1 (en) * | 2005-07-06 | 2007-01-10 | KRKA, D.D., Novo Mesto | Pharmaceutical composition comprising simvastatin and ezetimibe |
CN101495106A (en) * | 2005-07-18 | 2009-07-29 | 瑞莱恩特医药品有限公司 | Treatment with azetidinone-based cholesterol absorption inhibitors and omega-3 fatty acids and a combination product thereof |
WO2007100807A2 (en) | 2006-02-24 | 2007-09-07 | Schering Corporation | Npc1l1 orthologues |
AR060623A1 (en) | 2006-04-27 | 2008-07-02 | Astrazeneca Ab | COMPOUNDS DERIVED FROM 2-AZETIDINONE AND A PREPARATION METHOD |
US20070275052A1 (en) * | 2006-05-24 | 2007-11-29 | Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Limited | Pharmaceutical compositions containing sterol inhibitors |
WO2007150063A2 (en) * | 2006-06-23 | 2007-12-27 | Cargill Incorporated | Compositions for lowering blood serum cholesterol and use in foods, beverages, and health supplements |
US20080033019A1 (en) * | 2006-08-07 | 2008-02-07 | Duke University | Cholesterol lowering drug combination |
US20080085315A1 (en) * | 2006-10-10 | 2008-04-10 | John Alfred Doney | Amorphous ezetimibe and the production thereof |
EP2167069B1 (en) * | 2007-05-23 | 2011-10-26 | Amcol International Corporation | Cholesterol-interacting layered phyllosilicates and methods of reducing hypercholesteremia in a mammal |
EP2965752A1 (en) | 2007-12-10 | 2016-01-13 | ratiopharm GmbH | Pharmaceutical formulation comprising ezetimibe |
EP2168573A1 (en) * | 2008-09-30 | 2010-03-31 | LEK Pharmaceuticals D.D. | Formulations comprising ezetimibe |
EP2389171B1 (en) * | 2009-01-26 | 2016-03-30 | Taipei Medical University | Use of pterosin compounds for treating diabetes and obesity |
PL2229938T3 (en) | 2009-03-13 | 2012-09-28 | Sanovel Ilac Sanayi Ve Ticaret As | Ezetimibe compositions |
TR200904500A2 (en) | 2009-06-10 | 2009-10-21 | Öner Levent | Methods and pharmaceutical formulations for the preparation of ezetimibe nanocrystals. |
EA024873B1 (en) | 2012-09-27 | 2016-10-31 | Кова Компани, Лтд. | Therapeutic agent for dyslipidemia |
KR20150079373A (en) | 2013-12-30 | 2015-07-08 | 한미약품 주식회사 | Composite formulation for oral administration comprising ezetimibe and rosuvastatin |
CN104337785A (en) * | 2014-11-04 | 2015-02-11 | 万全万特制药江苏有限公司 | Orally disintegrating tablet containing ezetimibe and preparation method of orally disintegrating tablet |
CN105213340A (en) * | 2015-10-29 | 2016-01-06 | 无锡福祈制药有限公司 | A kind of Ezetimibe sheet and preparation method thereof |
JP2017210455A (en) * | 2016-05-27 | 2017-11-30 | ニプロ株式会社 | Ezetimibe-containing pharmaceutical composition |
CN106310173A (en) * | 2016-08-24 | 2017-01-11 | 厦门三川利生物科技有限公司 | Multi-vitamin acidity alcohol containing peroxisome proliferator activated receptor and preparing method thereof |
US20180338922A1 (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2018-11-29 | Esperion Therapeutics, Inc. | Fixed dose formulations |
EP3437636A1 (en) | 2017-08-02 | 2019-02-06 | Adamed sp. z o.o. | Pharmaceutical composition comprising ezetimibe |
CN109718215A (en) * | 2017-10-30 | 2019-05-07 | 海南皇隆制药股份有限公司 | A kind of Ezetimibe piece |
KR101983298B1 (en) * | 2018-06-11 | 2019-05-29 | 연세대학교 산학협력단 | Pharmaceutical coomposition for preventing or treating inflammasome mediated inflammatory disease |
Citations (93)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3716583A (en) * | 1969-04-16 | 1973-02-13 | Sumitomo Chemical Co | Phenoxy carboxylic acid derivative |
US3948973A (en) * | 1972-08-29 | 1976-04-06 | Sterling Drug Inc. | Halocyclopropyl substituted phenoxyalkanoic acids |
US4072705A (en) * | 1975-02-12 | 1978-02-07 | Orchimed S.A. | Phenylmethylphenoxy propionic acid esters |
US4075000A (en) * | 1975-05-27 | 1978-02-21 | Eli Lilly And Company | Herbicidal use of 4-amino-3,3-dimethyl-1-phenyl-2-azetidinones |
US4144232A (en) * | 1976-12-23 | 1979-03-13 | Eli Lilly And Company | Substituted azetidin-2-one antibiotics |
US4148923A (en) * | 1972-05-31 | 1979-04-10 | Synthelabo | 1-(3'-Trifluoromethylthiophenyl)-2-ethylaminopropane pharmaceutical composition and method for treating obesity |
US4250191A (en) * | 1978-11-30 | 1981-02-10 | Edwards K David | Preventing renal failure |
US4260743A (en) * | 1979-12-31 | 1981-04-07 | Gist-Brocades N.V. | Preparation of β-lactams and intermediates therefor |
US4375475A (en) * | 1979-08-17 | 1983-03-01 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Substituted pyranone inhibitors of cholesterol synthesis |
US4443372A (en) * | 1982-06-23 | 1984-04-17 | Chevron Research Company | 1-Alkyl derivatives of 3-aryloxy-4-(2-carbalkoxy)-phenyl-azet-2-ones as plant growth regulators |
US4444784A (en) * | 1980-08-05 | 1984-04-24 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Antihypercholesterolemic compounds |
US4500456A (en) * | 1981-03-09 | 1985-02-19 | Eli Lilly And Company | Preparation of 4-fluoroazetidinones using FClO3 |
US4564609A (en) * | 1983-03-25 | 1986-01-14 | Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | 4-Substituted-2-azetidinone compound, process of producing the compounds, and medicaments containing the compounds |
US4567195A (en) * | 1981-02-20 | 1986-01-28 | Schering, Aktiengesellschaft | Azaprostacyclins, their preparation and pharmaceutical use |
US4576749A (en) * | 1983-10-03 | 1986-03-18 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | 3-Acylamino-1-carboxymethylaminocarbonyl-2-azetidinones |
US4576748A (en) * | 1984-09-17 | 1986-03-18 | Merck & Co., Inc. | 3-Hydroxy-3-aminoethyl β-lactams |
US4576753A (en) * | 1975-10-06 | 1986-03-18 | Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Azetidinone compounds and processes for preparation thereof |
US4581170A (en) * | 1984-08-03 | 1986-04-08 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | N-hydroxyl protecting groups and process and intermediates for the preparation of 3-acylamino-1-hydroxy-2-azetidinones |
US4642903A (en) * | 1985-03-26 | 1987-02-17 | R. P. Scherer Corporation | Freeze-dried foam dosage form |
US4654362A (en) * | 1983-12-05 | 1987-03-31 | Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. | Derivatives of 2,2'-iminobisethanol |
US4739101A (en) * | 1986-04-30 | 1988-04-19 | Fournier Innovation Et Synergie | Method for the preparation of fibrates |
US4800079A (en) * | 1986-08-08 | 1989-01-24 | Ethypharm Sa | Medicine based on fenofibrate, and a method of preparing it |
US4803266A (en) * | 1986-10-17 | 1989-02-07 | Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | 3-Oxoalkylidene-2-azetidinone derivatives |
US4814354A (en) * | 1986-09-26 | 1989-03-21 | Warner-Lambert Company | Lipid regulating agents |
US4834846A (en) * | 1987-12-07 | 1989-05-30 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Process for deblocking N-substituted β-lactams |
US4895726A (en) * | 1988-02-26 | 1990-01-23 | Fournier Innovation Et Synergie | Novel dosage form of fenofibrate |
US4925672A (en) * | 1988-03-10 | 1990-05-15 | Knoll Ag | Products containing a calcium antagonist and a lipid-lowering agent |
US4983597A (en) * | 1989-08-31 | 1991-01-08 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Beta-lactams as anticholesterolemic agents |
US4990535A (en) * | 1989-05-03 | 1991-02-05 | Schering Corporation | Pharmaceutical composition comprising loratadine, ibuprofen and pseudoephedrine |
US5091525A (en) * | 1987-10-07 | 1992-02-25 | Eli Lilly And Company | Monohydrate and DMF solvates of a new carbacephem antibiotic |
US5093365A (en) * | 1988-06-02 | 1992-03-03 | Norsk Hydro A.S. | Non-β-oxidizable fatty acid analogues with the effect to reduce the concentration of cholesterol and triglycerides in blood of mammals |
US5099034A (en) * | 1989-06-30 | 1992-03-24 | Shionogi & Co., Ltd. | Phospholipase a2 inhibitor |
US5106833A (en) * | 1987-07-23 | 1992-04-21 | Washington University | Coagulation inhibitors |
US5110730A (en) * | 1987-03-31 | 1992-05-05 | The Scripps Research Institute | Human tissue factor related DNA segments |
US5112616A (en) * | 1988-11-30 | 1992-05-12 | Schering Corporation | Fast dissolving buccal tablet |
US5178878A (en) * | 1989-10-02 | 1993-01-12 | Cima Labs, Inc. | Effervescent dosage form with microparticles |
US5188825A (en) * | 1989-12-28 | 1993-02-23 | Iles Martin C | Freeze-dried dosage forms and methods for preparing the same |
US5190970A (en) * | 1990-10-19 | 1993-03-02 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | Method for preventing onset of or treating Type II diabetes employing a cholesterol lowering drug alone or in combination with an ace inhibitor |
US5204461A (en) * | 1990-11-08 | 1993-04-20 | Takasago International Corporation | Process for preparing (1'r,3s)-3-(1'-hydroxyethyl)-azetidin-2-one and derivatives thereof |
US5278176A (en) * | 1992-08-21 | 1994-01-11 | Abbott Laboratories | Nicotine derivatives that enhance cognitive function |
USH1286H (en) * | 1989-06-05 | 1994-02-01 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | Method for treating peripheral atherosclerotic disease employing a cholesterol lowering drug, an ace inhibitor, or a combination thereof |
US5286631A (en) * | 1986-12-15 | 1994-02-15 | Eli Lilly And Company | Process for producing the A10255 complex and corresponding microorganism |
US5298497A (en) * | 1990-05-15 | 1994-03-29 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | Method for preventing onset of hypertension employing a cholesterol lowering drug |
US5306817A (en) * | 1991-07-23 | 1994-04-26 | Schering Corporation | Process for the stereospecific synthesis of azetidinones |
US5384124A (en) * | 1988-07-21 | 1995-01-24 | Farmalyoc | Solid porous unitary form comprising micro-particles and/or nano-particles, and its preparation |
US5385885A (en) * | 1988-01-15 | 1995-01-31 | Gasic; Gregory P. | Inhibition of smooth muscle cell proliferation by antistasin and tick anticoagulant peptide |
US5399363A (en) * | 1991-01-25 | 1995-03-21 | Eastman Kodak Company | Surface modified anticancer nanoparticles |
US5401513A (en) * | 1989-09-15 | 1995-03-28 | Cima Labs, Inc. | Magnesium carbonate and oil tableting aid and flavoring additive |
US5412092A (en) * | 1993-04-23 | 1995-05-02 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | N-substituted 2-azetidinones |
US5503846A (en) * | 1993-03-17 | 1996-04-02 | Cima Labs, Inc. | Base coated acid particles and effervescent formulation incorporating same |
US5510466A (en) * | 1988-11-15 | 1996-04-23 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Scavenger receptor protein and antibody thereto |
US5510118A (en) * | 1995-02-14 | 1996-04-23 | Nanosystems Llc | Process for preparing therapeutic compositions containing nanoparticles |
US5518738A (en) * | 1995-02-09 | 1996-05-21 | Nanosystem L.L.C. | Nanoparticulate nsaid compositions |
US5518187A (en) * | 1992-11-25 | 1996-05-21 | Nano Systems L.L.C. | Method of grinding pharmaceutical substances |
US5591456A (en) * | 1995-02-10 | 1997-01-07 | Nanosystems L.L.C. | Milled naproxen with hydroxypropyl cellulose as a dispersion stabilizer |
US5595761A (en) * | 1994-01-27 | 1997-01-21 | The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Oklahoma | Particulate support matrix for making a rapidly dissolving tablet |
US5607697A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1997-03-04 | Cima Labs, Incorporated | Taste masking microparticles for oral dosage forms |
US5612353A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1997-03-18 | Rhone-Poulenc Rorer Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Substituted (sulfinic acid, sulfonic acid, sulfonylamino or sulfinylamino) N-[(aminoiminomethyl)phenylalkyl]-azaheterocyclylamide compounds |
US5612367A (en) * | 1990-12-12 | 1997-03-18 | Zeneca Limited | Method of enhancing bioavailability of pharmaceutical agents |
US5612378A (en) * | 1995-06-06 | 1997-03-18 | 3-Dimensional Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Bis-arylsulfonylaminobenzamide derivatives and the use thereof as factor Xa inhibitors |
US5618707A (en) * | 1996-01-04 | 1997-04-08 | Schering Corporation | Stereoselective microbial reduction of 5-fluorophenyl-5-oxo-pentanoic acid and a phenyloxazolidinone condensation product thereof |
US5622719A (en) * | 1993-09-10 | 1997-04-22 | Fuisz Technologies Ltd. | Process and apparatus for making rapidly dissolving dosage units and product therefrom |
US5622985A (en) * | 1990-06-11 | 1997-04-22 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Method for preventing a second heart attack employing an HMG CoA reductase inhibitor |
US5624920A (en) * | 1994-11-18 | 1997-04-29 | Schering Corporation | Sulfur-substituted azetidinone compounds useful as hypocholesterolemic agents |
US5627176A (en) * | 1994-03-25 | 1997-05-06 | Schering Corporation | Substituted azetidinone compounds useful as hypocholesterolemic agents |
US5631023A (en) * | 1993-07-09 | 1997-05-20 | R.P. Scherer Corporation | Method for making freeze dried drug dosage forms |
US5631365A (en) * | 1993-09-21 | 1997-05-20 | Schering Corporation | Hydroxy-substituted azetidinone compounds useful as hypocholesterolemic agents |
US5633246A (en) * | 1994-11-18 | 1997-05-27 | Schering Corporation | Sulfur-substituted azetidinone compounds useful as hypocholesterolemic agents |
US5709886A (en) * | 1995-02-03 | 1998-01-20 | Eurand America, Incorporated | Effervescent microcapsules |
US5718388A (en) * | 1994-05-25 | 1998-02-17 | Eastman Kodak | Continuous method of grinding pharmaceutical substances |
US5728827A (en) * | 1993-07-09 | 1998-03-17 | Schering Corporation | Process for the synthesis of azetidinones |
US5734077A (en) * | 1995-09-14 | 1998-03-31 | Adir Et Compagnie | Substituted 2,2-dimethyl-omega-phenoxyalkanoic acids and esters |
US5739321A (en) * | 1996-05-31 | 1998-04-14 | Schering Corporation | 3-hydroxy γ-lactone based enantionselective synthesis of azetidinones |
US5856473A (en) * | 1995-11-02 | 1999-01-05 | Schering Corporation | Process for preparing 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-3(R)-(3(S)-hydroxy-3-( phenyl or 4-fluorophenyl!)-propyl)-4(S)-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-azetidinone |
US5858409A (en) * | 1996-04-17 | 1999-01-12 | Fmc Corporation | Hydrolyzed cellulose granulations for pharmaceuticals |
US5859051A (en) * | 1996-02-02 | 1999-01-12 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Antidiabetic agents |
US5862999A (en) * | 1994-05-25 | 1999-01-26 | Nano Systems L.L.C. | Method of grinding pharmaceutical substances |
US5869098A (en) * | 1997-08-20 | 1999-02-09 | Fuisz Technologies Ltd. | Fast-dissolving comestible units formed under high-speed/high-pressure conditions |
US5880148A (en) * | 1995-02-02 | 1999-03-09 | Laboratoires Fournier S.A. | Combination of fenofibrate and vitamin E, and method of use of same in therapeutic treatments |
US5883109A (en) * | 1996-07-24 | 1999-03-16 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Method for lowering serum lipid levels employing an MTP inhibitor in combination with another cholesterol lowering drug |
US5886171A (en) * | 1996-05-31 | 1999-03-23 | Schering Corporation | 3-hydroxy gamma-lactone based enantioselective synthesis of azetidinones |
US6027747A (en) * | 1997-11-11 | 2000-02-22 | Terracol; Didier | Process for the production of dry pharmaceutical forms and the thus obtained pharmaceutical compositions |
US6028109A (en) * | 1996-03-30 | 2000-02-22 | Glaxo Wellcome Inc. | Use of agonists of the peroxisome proliferator activated receptor alpha for treating obesity |
US6030990A (en) * | 1995-06-02 | 2000-02-29 | Kyorin Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | N-benzyldioxothiazolidylbenzamide derivatives and process for producing the same |
US6033656A (en) * | 1999-05-04 | 2000-03-07 | Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited | Method of preventing or alleviating mammalian obesity |
US6040147A (en) * | 1997-04-02 | 2000-03-21 | The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. | Systemic inflammatory markers as diagnostic tools in the prevention of atherosclerotic diseases and as tools to aid in the selection of agents to be used for the prevention and treatment of atherosclerotic disease |
US6043257A (en) * | 1997-08-18 | 2000-03-28 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Amidinoindoles, amidinoazoles, and analogs thereof |
US20020006919A1 (en) * | 1999-12-08 | 2002-01-17 | Thosar Shilpa S. | Nanoparticulate eplerenone compositions |
US20020039774A1 (en) * | 2000-08-29 | 2002-04-04 | Werner Kramer | Vertebrate intestinal protein which absorbs cholesterol, its inhibitors and mehtod of identifying the same |
US20030013699A1 (en) * | 2001-05-25 | 2003-01-16 | Davis Harry R. | Methods for treating alzheimer's disease and/or regulating levels of amyloid beta peptides in a subject |
US20030013729A1 (en) * | 2001-04-09 | 2003-01-16 | Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Ltd. | New monocyclic derivatives of aryl alkanoic acids and their use in medicine: process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
US20030053981A1 (en) * | 2001-01-26 | 2003-03-20 | Schering Corporation | Combinations of bile acid sequestrant(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications |
US20030069221A1 (en) * | 2001-01-26 | 2003-04-10 | Schering Corporation | Combinations of sterol absorption inhibitor(s) with cardiovascular agent(s) for the treatment of vascular conditions |
Family Cites Families (81)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3108097A (en) * | 1963-10-22 | Ehnojs | ||
US1286A (en) * | 1839-08-13 | Richard else | ||
US2809194A (en) * | 1957-10-08 | Thiadiazine type natriuretic agents | ||
NL108640C (en) * | 1958-05-07 | |||
NL127065C (en) * | 1964-04-22 | |||
NL137318C (en) * | 1964-06-09 | |||
US3692895A (en) * | 1970-09-08 | 1972-09-19 | Norman A Nelson | Method of reducing hypercholesteremia in humans employing a copolymer of polyethylenepolyamine and a bifunctional substance, such as epichlorohydria |
DE2230383C3 (en) * | 1971-10-01 | 1981-12-03 | Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh, 6800 Mannheim | Phenoxyalkylcarboxylic acid derivatives and processes for making the same |
US4626549A (en) * | 1974-01-10 | 1986-12-02 | Eli Lilly And Company | Treatment of obesity with aryloxyphenylpropylamines |
US4179515A (en) * | 1975-02-12 | 1979-12-18 | Orchimed S. A. | Benzoylphenoxy propionic acid, esters thereof and pharmaceutical composition |
US4235896A (en) * | 1975-02-12 | 1980-11-25 | Orchimed S.A. | Benzyl-phenoxy acid esters and hyperlipaemia compositions containing the same |
US4304718A (en) * | 1975-10-06 | 1981-12-08 | Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | 2-Azetidinone compounds and processes for preparation thereof |
US4472309A (en) * | 1975-10-06 | 1984-09-18 | Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | 2-Azetidinone compounds and processes for preparation thereof |
US4166907A (en) * | 1976-11-01 | 1979-09-04 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | 3,3-Dichloro-2-azetidinone derivatives having antiinflammatory activity |
FR2403078A1 (en) * | 1977-09-19 | 1979-04-13 | Lafon Labor | NEW PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF PHARMACEUTICAL, COSMETIC OR DIAGNOSIS FORMS |
IT1157365B (en) * | 1977-10-24 | 1987-02-11 | Sandoz Ag | MEDICATIONS TO TREAT OBESITY OR REDUCE BODY WEIGHT |
US4784734A (en) * | 1981-04-10 | 1988-11-15 | Otsuka Kagaku Yakuhin Kabushiki Kaisha | Azetidinone derivatives and process for the preparation of the same |
US4602005A (en) * | 1982-05-17 | 1986-07-22 | Medical Research Foundation Of Oregon | Tigogenin cellobioside for treating hypercholesterolemia and atherosclerosis |
US4602003A (en) * | 1982-05-17 | 1986-07-22 | Medical Research Foundation Of Oregon | Synthetic compounds to inhibit intestinal absorption of cholesterol in the treatment of hypercholesterolemia |
US4534786A (en) * | 1982-06-23 | 1985-08-13 | Chevron Research Company | 1-Alkyl derivatives of 3-aryloxy-4-(2-carbalkoxy)-phenyl-azet-2-ones as plant growth regulators |
US4595532A (en) * | 1983-02-02 | 1986-06-17 | University Of Notre Dame Du Lac | N-(substituted-methyl)-azetidin-2-ones |
US4675399A (en) * | 1983-03-28 | 1987-06-23 | Notre Dame University | Cyclization process for β-lactams |
DE3484362D1 (en) * | 1983-03-28 | 1991-05-08 | Ciba Geigy Ag | METHOD FOR PRODUCING OPTICALLY ACTIVE AZETIDINONES. |
WO1985004876A1 (en) * | 1984-04-24 | 1985-11-07 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | 2-azetidinone derivatives and process for their preparation |
US5229510A (en) * | 1983-12-01 | 1993-07-20 | Merck & Co., Inc. | β-lactams useful in determining the amount of elastase in a clinical sample |
US5229381A (en) * | 1983-12-01 | 1993-07-20 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Substituted azetidinones as anti-inflammatory and antidegenerative agents |
US4680391A (en) * | 1983-12-01 | 1987-07-14 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Substituted azetidinones as anti-inflammatory and antidegenerative agents |
FR2561916B1 (en) * | 1984-03-30 | 1987-12-11 | Lafon Labor | GALENIC FORM FOR ORAL ADMINISTRATION AND METHOD FOR PREPARING IT BY LYOPHILIZATION OF AN OIL-TO-WATER EMISSION |
US4633017A (en) * | 1984-08-03 | 1986-12-30 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | N-hydroxy protecting groups and process for the preparation of 3-acylamino-1-hydroxy-2-azetidinones |
US4620867A (en) * | 1984-09-28 | 1986-11-04 | Chevron Research Company | 1-carbalkoxyalkyl-3-aryloxy-4-(substituted-2'-carboxyphenyl)-azet-2-ones as plant growth regulators and herbicides |
AR240698A1 (en) * | 1985-01-19 | 1990-09-28 | Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd | Process for the preparation of 5-(4-(2-(5-ethyl-2-pyridil)-ethoxy)benzyl)-2,4-thiazolodinedione and their salts |
US4680289A (en) * | 1985-06-05 | 1987-07-14 | Progenics, Inc. | Treatment of obesity and diabetes using sapogenins |
EP0234484B1 (en) * | 1986-02-19 | 1993-10-20 | Sanraku Incorporated | Novel azetidinone derivatives |
GB8607312D0 (en) * | 1986-03-25 | 1986-04-30 | Ici Plc | Therapeutic agents |
DE3621861A1 (en) * | 1986-06-30 | 1988-01-14 | Laszlo Dr Med Ilg | USE OF ARYLOXYCARBONIC ACID DERIVATIVES AGAINST DERMATOLOGICAL DISEASES |
US5229362A (en) * | 1986-12-15 | 1993-07-20 | Eli Lilly And Company | Antibiotic A10255 complex and factors, and process and production therefor |
JPS63156788A (en) * | 1986-12-22 | 1988-06-29 | Sanraku Inc | Optically active azetidinones |
US4879301A (en) * | 1987-04-28 | 1989-11-07 | Hoei Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Antiallergic and antiinflammatory benzothiazolinone derivatives |
US4952689A (en) * | 1988-10-20 | 1990-08-28 | Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | 3-(substituted propylidene)-2-azetidinone derivates for blood platelet aggregation |
US5073374A (en) * | 1988-11-30 | 1991-12-17 | Schering Corporation | Fast dissolving buccal tablet |
US4876365A (en) * | 1988-12-05 | 1989-10-24 | Schering Corporation | Intermediate compounds for preparing penems and carbapenems |
US5260305A (en) | 1988-12-12 | 1993-11-09 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | Combination of pravastatin and nicotinic acid or related acid and method for lowering serum cholesterol using such combination |
FR2640621B1 (en) * | 1988-12-19 | 1992-10-30 | Centre Nat Rech Scient | N-ARYL-AZETIDINONES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR USE AS ELASTASE INHIBITORS |
US5021461A (en) * | 1989-07-26 | 1991-06-04 | Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Method of treating diabetes mellitus with bisphenol derivatives |
US5223264A (en) * | 1989-10-02 | 1993-06-29 | Cima Labs, Inc. | Pediatric effervescent dosage form |
US5120729A (en) * | 1990-06-20 | 1992-06-09 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Beta-lactams as antihypercholesterolemics |
US5120713A (en) * | 1990-09-10 | 1992-06-09 | Applied Research Systems Ars Holding N.V. | Treatment of obesity with an alpha-2-adrenergic agonist and a growth hormone releasing peptide |
US5130333A (en) * | 1990-10-19 | 1992-07-14 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | Method for treating type II diabetes employing a cholesterol lowering drug |
AU642066B2 (en) | 1991-01-25 | 1993-10-07 | Nanosystems L.L.C. | X-ray contrast compositions useful in medical imaging |
US5145684A (en) * | 1991-01-25 | 1992-09-08 | Sterling Drug Inc. | Surface modified drug nanoparticles |
US5157025A (en) * | 1991-04-01 | 1992-10-20 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | Method for lowering serum cholesterol employing a phosphorus containing ace inhibitor alone or in combination with a cholesterol lowering drug |
US5162117A (en) * | 1991-11-22 | 1992-11-10 | Schering Corporation | Controlled release flutamide composition |
AU2943095A (en) * | 1994-06-20 | 1996-01-15 | Schering Corporation | Substituted azetidinone compounds useful as hypocholesterolemic agents |
GB9600464D0 (en) * | 1996-01-09 | 1996-03-13 | Smithkline Beecham Plc | Novel method |
WO1997038694A1 (en) * | 1996-04-17 | 1997-10-23 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Combination therapy for reducing the risks associated with cardiovascular disease |
CA2255663C (en) * | 1996-05-24 | 2002-08-20 | Schering Corporation | Antifungal composition with enhanced bioavailability |
AU724098B2 (en) * | 1996-06-12 | 2000-09-14 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co. Ltd. | Lipid metabolism improving agent |
FR2761266B1 (en) * | 1997-03-28 | 1999-07-02 | Sanofi Sa | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION FORMED BY WET GRANULATION FOR THE ORAL ADMINISTRATION OF A DERIVATIVE OF N-PIPERIDINO-3- PYRAZOLECARBOXAMIDE, ITS SALTS AND THEIR SOLVATES |
ES2125198B1 (en) * | 1997-05-13 | 1999-11-16 | Vita Invest Sa | FIXED-DOSE ASSOCIATION OF AN ANGIOTENSIN CONVERTING ENZYME INHIBITOR AND AN ANTAGONIST OF THE CALCIUM CHANNELS, PROCEDURE FOR ITS PREPARATION AND USE FOR THE TREATMENT OF CARDIOVASCULAR DISEASES. |
AR016827A1 (en) * | 1997-08-22 | 2001-08-01 | Smithkline Beecham Corp | PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF A PHARMACEUTICAL TABLET |
US6180660B1 (en) * | 1997-08-26 | 2001-01-30 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Cholesterol-lowering therapy |
JP2001515887A (en) * | 1997-09-09 | 2001-09-25 | デュポン ファーマシューティカルズ カンパニー | Benzimidazolinones, benzoxazolinones, benzopiperazinones, indanones, and derivatives thereof as factor Xa inhibitors |
US20030153541A1 (en) * | 1997-10-31 | 2003-08-14 | Robert Dudley | Novel anticholesterol compositions and method for using same |
US6008237A (en) * | 1997-12-19 | 1999-12-28 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Arylthiazolidinedione derivatives |
US6180625B1 (en) * | 1998-03-24 | 2001-01-30 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Heterocyclic compounds regulating clotting |
EP1064270B1 (en) * | 1998-03-27 | 2004-10-06 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company | Disubstituted pyrazolines and triazolines as factor xa inhibitors |
AU1120599A (en) * | 1998-04-23 | 1999-03-08 | Dr. Reddy's Research Foundation | New heterocyclic compounds and their use in medicine, process for their reparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
US6207822B1 (en) * | 1998-12-07 | 2001-03-27 | Schering Corporation | Process for the synthesis of azetidinones |
EP1140187B1 (en) * | 1998-12-23 | 2003-09-03 | G.D. Searle LLC. | Combinations of an ibat inhibitor and a mtp inhibitor for cardiovascular indications |
US6180138B1 (en) * | 1999-01-29 | 2001-01-30 | Abbott Laboratories | Process for preparing solid formulations of lipid-regulating agents with enhanced dissolution and absorption |
US6207699B1 (en) * | 1999-06-18 | 2001-03-27 | Richard Brian Rothman | Pharmaceutical combinations for treating obesity and food craving |
US6174665B1 (en) * | 1999-09-10 | 2001-01-16 | Biex, Inc. | Hormone replacement therapy monitoring |
US6191117B1 (en) * | 2000-07-10 | 2001-02-20 | Walter E. Kozachuk | Methods of producing weight loss and treatment of obesity |
US20020132855A1 (en) * | 2000-08-03 | 2002-09-19 | Nelson Edward B. | Use of acetaminophen to prevent and treat arteriosclerosis |
EP1324995A2 (en) * | 2000-09-27 | 2003-07-09 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Benzopyrancarboxylic acid derivatives for the treatment of diabetes and lipid disorders |
PL362512A1 (en) * | 2000-12-21 | 2004-11-02 | Avantis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh | Diphenyl azetidinone derivatives, method for the production thereof, medicaments containing these compounds, and their use |
AU2002216097B2 (en) * | 2000-12-21 | 2006-09-07 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Novel 1,2-diphenzylazetidinones, method for producing the same, medicaments containing said compounds, and the use thereof for treating disorders of the lipid metabolism |
IL156552A0 (en) * | 2000-12-21 | 2004-01-04 | Aventis Pharma Gmbh | Diphenyl azetidinone derivatives, method for the production thereof, medicaments containing these compounds, and their use |
CA2437118A1 (en) * | 2001-02-09 | 2002-08-22 | Merck & Co., Inc. | 2-aryloxy-2-arylalkanoic acids for diabetes and lipid disorders |
EP1389114A2 (en) * | 2001-03-08 | 2004-02-18 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Antihypertensive agent and cholesterol absorption inhibitor combination therapy |
WO2002081454A1 (en) * | 2001-04-09 | 2002-10-17 | Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Ltd. | Derivatives of aryl acids, their use in medicine, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
-
2002
- 2002-01-25 TW TW091101264A patent/TWI337083B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2002-01-25 PT PT02714773T patent/PT1353696E/en unknown
- 2002-01-25 PT PT04000161T patent/PT1413331E/en unknown
- 2002-01-25 RU RU2003126184/15A patent/RU2356550C2/en active
- 2002-01-25 EP EP04000161A patent/EP1413331B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2002-01-25 CZ CZ2010307A patent/CZ309209B6/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2002-01-25 AT AT04000161T patent/ATE374641T1/en active
- 2002-01-25 NZ NZ525921A patent/NZ525921A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2002-01-25 ME MEP-278/08A patent/MEP27808A/en unknown
- 2002-01-25 DE DE60222773T patent/DE60222773T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2002-01-25 CZ CZ20032030A patent/CZ301871B6/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2002-01-25 AR ARP020100269A patent/AR033855A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2002-01-25 DK DK04000161T patent/DK1413331T3/en active
- 2002-01-25 EP EP02714773A patent/EP1353696B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2002-01-25 CA CA002434682A patent/CA2434682C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2002-01-25 DE DE60216890T patent/DE60216890T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2002-01-25 CA CA2562982A patent/CA2562982C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2002-01-25 HU HU0303915A patent/HUP0303915A3/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2002-01-25 JP JP2002559066A patent/JP4777602B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2002-01-25 CA CA002563051A patent/CA2563051A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2002-01-25 IL IL15644502A patent/IL156445A0/en unknown
- 2002-01-25 HU HU1500186A patent/HU230253B1/en unknown
- 2002-01-25 MX MXPA03006725A patent/MXPA03006725A/en active IP Right Grant
- 2002-01-25 US US10/057,323 patent/US20020151536A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2002-01-25 AT AT02714773T patent/ATE348649T1/en active
- 2002-01-25 KR KR1020037009749A patent/KR100596257B1/en active IP Right Review Request
- 2002-01-25 RS YUP-586/03A patent/RS51449B/en unknown
- 2002-01-25 ES ES04000161T patent/ES2290562T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2002-01-25 PL PL368653A patent/PL208110B1/en unknown
- 2002-01-25 BR BR0206654-8A patent/BR0206654A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2002-01-25 ES ES02714773T patent/ES2274013T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2002-01-25 AU AU2002247019A patent/AU2002247019C1/en active Active
- 2002-01-25 SK SK948-2003A patent/SK287988B6/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2002-01-25 RS RSP-2010/0015A patent/RS20100015A/en unknown
- 2002-01-25 CN CNB028072081A patent/CN100509058C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2002-01-25 SI SI200230630T patent/SI1413331T1/en unknown
- 2002-01-25 WO PCT/US2002/002009 patent/WO2002058732A2/en active Application Filing
- 2002-01-25 DK DK02714773T patent/DK1353696T3/en active
- 2002-01-25 SI SI200230471T patent/SI1353696T1/en unknown
- 2002-01-25 SK SK50001-2012A patent/SK288217B6/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2002-05-01 US US10/136,968 patent/US7030106B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2003
- 2003-06-15 IL IL156445A patent/IL156445A/en unknown
- 2003-07-23 ZA ZA2003/05693A patent/ZA200305693B/en unknown
- 2003-07-25 NO NO20033355A patent/NO331512B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2003-12-18 HK HK04106306A patent/HK1063607A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2003-12-18 HK HK03109220A patent/HK1056696A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
2004
- 2004-05-20 CL CL200401174A patent/CL2004001174A1/en unknown
- 2004-11-29 US US10/998,400 patent/US7612058B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2005
- 2005-06-22 US US11/158,429 patent/US20060199793A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2007
- 2007-02-20 CY CY20071100238T patent/CY1108000T1/en unknown
- 2007-05-28 JP JP2007141163A patent/JP4937836B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2007-08-29 US US11/897,227 patent/US20080058306A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2007-11-12 JP JP2007293724A patent/JP2008088184A/en active Pending
- 2007-11-28 AR ARP070105283A patent/AR064012A2/en unknown
- 2007-12-03 CY CY20071101535T patent/CY1107045T1/en unknown
-
2008
- 2008-05-13 IL IL191417A patent/IL191417A/en active IP Right Grant
-
2011
- 2011-02-09 EC EC2011004702A patent/ECSP11004702A/en unknown
-
2012
- 2012-01-31 JP JP2012018544A patent/JP2012087149A/en not_active Withdrawn
Patent Citations (99)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3716583A (en) * | 1969-04-16 | 1973-02-13 | Sumitomo Chemical Co | Phenoxy carboxylic acid derivative |
US4148923A (en) * | 1972-05-31 | 1979-04-10 | Synthelabo | 1-(3'-Trifluoromethylthiophenyl)-2-ethylaminopropane pharmaceutical composition and method for treating obesity |
US3948973A (en) * | 1972-08-29 | 1976-04-06 | Sterling Drug Inc. | Halocyclopropyl substituted phenoxyalkanoic acids |
US4072705A (en) * | 1975-02-12 | 1978-02-07 | Orchimed S.A. | Phenylmethylphenoxy propionic acid esters |
US4075000A (en) * | 1975-05-27 | 1978-02-21 | Eli Lilly And Company | Herbicidal use of 4-amino-3,3-dimethyl-1-phenyl-2-azetidinones |
US4576753A (en) * | 1975-10-06 | 1986-03-18 | Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Azetidinone compounds and processes for preparation thereof |
US4144232A (en) * | 1976-12-23 | 1979-03-13 | Eli Lilly And Company | Substituted azetidin-2-one antibiotics |
US4250191A (en) * | 1978-11-30 | 1981-02-10 | Edwards K David | Preventing renal failure |
US4375475A (en) * | 1979-08-17 | 1983-03-01 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Substituted pyranone inhibitors of cholesterol synthesis |
US4260743A (en) * | 1979-12-31 | 1981-04-07 | Gist-Brocades N.V. | Preparation of β-lactams and intermediates therefor |
US4444784A (en) * | 1980-08-05 | 1984-04-24 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Antihypercholesterolemic compounds |
US4567195A (en) * | 1981-02-20 | 1986-01-28 | Schering, Aktiengesellschaft | Azaprostacyclins, their preparation and pharmaceutical use |
US4500456A (en) * | 1981-03-09 | 1985-02-19 | Eli Lilly And Company | Preparation of 4-fluoroazetidinones using FClO3 |
US4443372A (en) * | 1982-06-23 | 1984-04-17 | Chevron Research Company | 1-Alkyl derivatives of 3-aryloxy-4-(2-carbalkoxy)-phenyl-azet-2-ones as plant growth regulators |
US4564609A (en) * | 1983-03-25 | 1986-01-14 | Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | 4-Substituted-2-azetidinone compound, process of producing the compounds, and medicaments containing the compounds |
US4576749A (en) * | 1983-10-03 | 1986-03-18 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | 3-Acylamino-1-carboxymethylaminocarbonyl-2-azetidinones |
US4654362A (en) * | 1983-12-05 | 1987-03-31 | Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. | Derivatives of 2,2'-iminobisethanol |
US4581170A (en) * | 1984-08-03 | 1986-04-08 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | N-hydroxyl protecting groups and process and intermediates for the preparation of 3-acylamino-1-hydroxy-2-azetidinones |
US4576748A (en) * | 1984-09-17 | 1986-03-18 | Merck & Co., Inc. | 3-Hydroxy-3-aminoethyl β-lactams |
US4642903A (en) * | 1985-03-26 | 1987-02-17 | R. P. Scherer Corporation | Freeze-dried foam dosage form |
US4739101A (en) * | 1986-04-30 | 1988-04-19 | Fournier Innovation Et Synergie | Method for the preparation of fibrates |
US4800079A (en) * | 1986-08-08 | 1989-01-24 | Ethypharm Sa | Medicine based on fenofibrate, and a method of preparing it |
US4814354A (en) * | 1986-09-26 | 1989-03-21 | Warner-Lambert Company | Lipid regulating agents |
US4803266A (en) * | 1986-10-17 | 1989-02-07 | Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | 3-Oxoalkylidene-2-azetidinone derivatives |
US5286631A (en) * | 1986-12-15 | 1994-02-15 | Eli Lilly And Company | Process for producing the A10255 complex and corresponding microorganism |
US5110730A (en) * | 1987-03-31 | 1992-05-05 | The Scripps Research Institute | Human tissue factor related DNA segments |
US5106833A (en) * | 1987-07-23 | 1992-04-21 | Washington University | Coagulation inhibitors |
US5091525A (en) * | 1987-10-07 | 1992-02-25 | Eli Lilly And Company | Monohydrate and DMF solvates of a new carbacephem antibiotic |
US4834846A (en) * | 1987-12-07 | 1989-05-30 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Process for deblocking N-substituted β-lactams |
US5385885A (en) * | 1988-01-15 | 1995-01-31 | Gasic; Gregory P. | Inhibition of smooth muscle cell proliferation by antistasin and tick anticoagulant peptide |
US4895726A (en) * | 1988-02-26 | 1990-01-23 | Fournier Innovation Et Synergie | Novel dosage form of fenofibrate |
US4925672A (en) * | 1988-03-10 | 1990-05-15 | Knoll Ag | Products containing a calcium antagonist and a lipid-lowering agent |
US5093365A (en) * | 1988-06-02 | 1992-03-03 | Norsk Hydro A.S. | Non-β-oxidizable fatty acid analogues with the effect to reduce the concentration of cholesterol and triglycerides in blood of mammals |
US5384124A (en) * | 1988-07-21 | 1995-01-24 | Farmalyoc | Solid porous unitary form comprising micro-particles and/or nano-particles, and its preparation |
US5510466A (en) * | 1988-11-15 | 1996-04-23 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Scavenger receptor protein and antibody thereto |
US5112616A (en) * | 1988-11-30 | 1992-05-12 | Schering Corporation | Fast dissolving buccal tablet |
US5100675A (en) * | 1989-05-03 | 1992-03-31 | Schering Corporation | Sustained release tablet comprising loratadine, ibuprofen and pseudoephedrine |
US4990535A (en) * | 1989-05-03 | 1991-02-05 | Schering Corporation | Pharmaceutical composition comprising loratadine, ibuprofen and pseudoephedrine |
USH1286H (en) * | 1989-06-05 | 1994-02-01 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | Method for treating peripheral atherosclerotic disease employing a cholesterol lowering drug, an ace inhibitor, or a combination thereof |
US5099034A (en) * | 1989-06-30 | 1992-03-24 | Shionogi & Co., Ltd. | Phospholipase a2 inhibitor |
US4983597A (en) * | 1989-08-31 | 1991-01-08 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Beta-lactams as anticholesterolemic agents |
US5401513A (en) * | 1989-09-15 | 1995-03-28 | Cima Labs, Inc. | Magnesium carbonate and oil tableting aid and flavoring additive |
US5178878A (en) * | 1989-10-02 | 1993-01-12 | Cima Labs, Inc. | Effervescent dosage form with microparticles |
US5188825A (en) * | 1989-12-28 | 1993-02-23 | Iles Martin C | Freeze-dried dosage forms and methods for preparing the same |
US5298497A (en) * | 1990-05-15 | 1994-03-29 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | Method for preventing onset of hypertension employing a cholesterol lowering drug |
US5593971A (en) * | 1990-05-15 | 1997-01-14 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | Method for preventing onset of hypertension employing a cholesterol lowering drug |
US5622985A (en) * | 1990-06-11 | 1997-04-22 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Method for preventing a second heart attack employing an HMG CoA reductase inhibitor |
US5190970A (en) * | 1990-10-19 | 1993-03-02 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | Method for preventing onset of or treating Type II diabetes employing a cholesterol lowering drug alone or in combination with an ace inhibitor |
US5204461A (en) * | 1990-11-08 | 1993-04-20 | Takasago International Corporation | Process for preparing (1'r,3s)-3-(1'-hydroxyethyl)-azetidin-2-one and derivatives thereof |
US5612367A (en) * | 1990-12-12 | 1997-03-18 | Zeneca Limited | Method of enhancing bioavailability of pharmaceutical agents |
US5399363A (en) * | 1991-01-25 | 1995-03-21 | Eastman Kodak Company | Surface modified anticancer nanoparticles |
US5494683A (en) * | 1991-01-25 | 1996-02-27 | Eastman Kodak Company | Surface modified anticancer nanoparticles |
US5306817A (en) * | 1991-07-23 | 1994-04-26 | Schering Corporation | Process for the stereospecific synthesis of azetidinones |
US5278176A (en) * | 1992-08-21 | 1994-01-11 | Abbott Laboratories | Nicotine derivatives that enhance cognitive function |
US5518187A (en) * | 1992-11-25 | 1996-05-21 | Nano Systems L.L.C. | Method of grinding pharmaceutical substances |
US5503846A (en) * | 1993-03-17 | 1996-04-02 | Cima Labs, Inc. | Base coated acid particles and effervescent formulation incorporating same |
US5412092A (en) * | 1993-04-23 | 1995-05-02 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | N-substituted 2-azetidinones |
US5728827A (en) * | 1993-07-09 | 1998-03-17 | Schering Corporation | Process for the synthesis of azetidinones |
US5631023A (en) * | 1993-07-09 | 1997-05-20 | R.P. Scherer Corporation | Method for making freeze dried drug dosage forms |
US5866163A (en) * | 1993-09-10 | 1999-02-02 | Fuisz Technologies Ltd. | Process and apparatus for making rapidly dissolving dosage units and product therefrom |
US5622719A (en) * | 1993-09-10 | 1997-04-22 | Fuisz Technologies Ltd. | Process and apparatus for making rapidly dissolving dosage units and product therefrom |
US5871781A (en) * | 1993-09-10 | 1999-02-16 | Fuisz Technologies Ltd. | Apparatus for making rapidly-dissolving dosage units |
US5631365A (en) * | 1993-09-21 | 1997-05-20 | Schering Corporation | Hydroxy-substituted azetidinone compounds useful as hypocholesterolemic agents |
US5595761A (en) * | 1994-01-27 | 1997-01-21 | The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Oklahoma | Particulate support matrix for making a rapidly dissolving tablet |
US5627176A (en) * | 1994-03-25 | 1997-05-06 | Schering Corporation | Substituted azetidinone compounds useful as hypocholesterolemic agents |
US5718388A (en) * | 1994-05-25 | 1998-02-17 | Eastman Kodak | Continuous method of grinding pharmaceutical substances |
US5862999A (en) * | 1994-05-25 | 1999-01-26 | Nano Systems L.L.C. | Method of grinding pharmaceutical substances |
US5633246A (en) * | 1994-11-18 | 1997-05-27 | Schering Corporation | Sulfur-substituted azetidinone compounds useful as hypocholesterolemic agents |
US5624920A (en) * | 1994-11-18 | 1997-04-29 | Schering Corporation | Sulfur-substituted azetidinone compounds useful as hypocholesterolemic agents |
US5744467A (en) * | 1994-11-18 | 1998-04-28 | Schering Corporation | Sulfur-substituted azetidinone compounds useful as hypocholesterolemic agents |
US5880148A (en) * | 1995-02-02 | 1999-03-09 | Laboratoires Fournier S.A. | Combination of fenofibrate and vitamin E, and method of use of same in therapeutic treatments |
US5709886A (en) * | 1995-02-03 | 1998-01-20 | Eurand America, Incorporated | Effervescent microcapsules |
US5518738A (en) * | 1995-02-09 | 1996-05-21 | Nanosystem L.L.C. | Nanoparticulate nsaid compositions |
US5591456A (en) * | 1995-02-10 | 1997-01-07 | Nanosystems L.L.C. | Milled naproxen with hydroxypropyl cellulose as a dispersion stabilizer |
US5510118A (en) * | 1995-02-14 | 1996-04-23 | Nanosystems Llc | Process for preparing therapeutic compositions containing nanoparticles |
US6030990A (en) * | 1995-06-02 | 2000-02-29 | Kyorin Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | N-benzyldioxothiazolidylbenzamide derivatives and process for producing the same |
US5612378A (en) * | 1995-06-06 | 1997-03-18 | 3-Dimensional Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Bis-arylsulfonylaminobenzamide derivatives and the use thereof as factor Xa inhibitors |
US5612353A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1997-03-18 | Rhone-Poulenc Rorer Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Substituted (sulfinic acid, sulfonic acid, sulfonylamino or sulfinylamino) N-[(aminoiminomethyl)phenylalkyl]-azaheterocyclylamide compounds |
US5607697A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1997-03-04 | Cima Labs, Incorporated | Taste masking microparticles for oral dosage forms |
US5734077A (en) * | 1995-09-14 | 1998-03-31 | Adir Et Compagnie | Substituted 2,2-dimethyl-omega-phenoxyalkanoic acids and esters |
US5856473A (en) * | 1995-11-02 | 1999-01-05 | Schering Corporation | Process for preparing 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-3(R)-(3(S)-hydroxy-3-( phenyl or 4-fluorophenyl!)-propyl)-4(S)-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-azetidinone |
US5618707A (en) * | 1996-01-04 | 1997-04-08 | Schering Corporation | Stereoselective microbial reduction of 5-fluorophenyl-5-oxo-pentanoic acid and a phenyloxazolidinone condensation product thereof |
US5859051A (en) * | 1996-02-02 | 1999-01-12 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Antidiabetic agents |
US6028109A (en) * | 1996-03-30 | 2000-02-22 | Glaxo Wellcome Inc. | Use of agonists of the peroxisome proliferator activated receptor alpha for treating obesity |
US5858409A (en) * | 1996-04-17 | 1999-01-12 | Fmc Corporation | Hydrolyzed cellulose granulations for pharmaceuticals |
US5739321A (en) * | 1996-05-31 | 1998-04-14 | Schering Corporation | 3-hydroxy γ-lactone based enantionselective synthesis of azetidinones |
US5886171A (en) * | 1996-05-31 | 1999-03-23 | Schering Corporation | 3-hydroxy gamma-lactone based enantioselective synthesis of azetidinones |
US5883109A (en) * | 1996-07-24 | 1999-03-16 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Method for lowering serum lipid levels employing an MTP inhibitor in combination with another cholesterol lowering drug |
US6040147A (en) * | 1997-04-02 | 2000-03-21 | The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. | Systemic inflammatory markers as diagnostic tools in the prevention of atherosclerotic diseases and as tools to aid in the selection of agents to be used for the prevention and treatment of atherosclerotic disease |
US6043257A (en) * | 1997-08-18 | 2000-03-28 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Amidinoindoles, amidinoazoles, and analogs thereof |
US5869098A (en) * | 1997-08-20 | 1999-02-09 | Fuisz Technologies Ltd. | Fast-dissolving comestible units formed under high-speed/high-pressure conditions |
US6027747A (en) * | 1997-11-11 | 2000-02-22 | Terracol; Didier | Process for the production of dry pharmaceutical forms and the thus obtained pharmaceutical compositions |
US6033656A (en) * | 1999-05-04 | 2000-03-07 | Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited | Method of preventing or alleviating mammalian obesity |
US20020006919A1 (en) * | 1999-12-08 | 2002-01-17 | Thosar Shilpa S. | Nanoparticulate eplerenone compositions |
US20020039774A1 (en) * | 2000-08-29 | 2002-04-04 | Werner Kramer | Vertebrate intestinal protein which absorbs cholesterol, its inhibitors and mehtod of identifying the same |
US20030053981A1 (en) * | 2001-01-26 | 2003-03-20 | Schering Corporation | Combinations of bile acid sequestrant(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications |
US20030069221A1 (en) * | 2001-01-26 | 2003-04-10 | Schering Corporation | Combinations of sterol absorption inhibitor(s) with cardiovascular agent(s) for the treatment of vascular conditions |
US20030013729A1 (en) * | 2001-04-09 | 2003-01-16 | Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Ltd. | New monocyclic derivatives of aryl alkanoic acids and their use in medicine: process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
US20030013699A1 (en) * | 2001-05-25 | 2003-01-16 | Davis Harry R. | Methods for treating alzheimer's disease and/or regulating levels of amyloid beta peptides in a subject |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9388440B2 (en) | 2009-04-01 | 2016-07-12 | Mylan Laboratories Limited | Enzymatic process for the preparation of (S)-5-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-5-hydroxy-1morpholin-4-yl-pentan-1-one, an intermediate of Ezetimibe and further conversion to Ezetimibe |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US7612058B2 (en) | Methods for inhibiting sterol absorption | |
AU2002247019B9 (en) | Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications | |
US7053080B2 (en) | Methods and therapeutic combinations for the treatment of obesity using sterol absorption inhibitors | |
US20080261942A1 (en) | Combinations of bile acid sequestrant(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications | |
US7417039B2 (en) | Use of substituted azetidinone compounds for the treatment of sitosterolemia | |
US20060217363A1 (en) | Methods and therapeutic combinations for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia and xanthoma using sterol absorption inhibitors | |
US7056906B2 (en) | Combinations of hormone replacement therapy composition(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular conditions in post-menopausal women | |
EP1427409B1 (en) | Methods for treating or preventing vascular inflammation using sterol absorption inhibitor(s) | |
AU2002247019A1 (en) | Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications | |
US20020183305A1 (en) | Combinations of nicotinic acid and derivatives thereof and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications | |
US7071181B2 (en) | Methods and therapeutic combinations for the treatment of diabetes using sterol absorption inhibitors | |
US20030119808A1 (en) | Methods of treating or preventing cardiovascular conditions while preventing or minimizing muscular degeneration side effects | |
US20060287254A1 (en) | Use of substituted azetidinone compounds for the treatment of sitosterolemia | |
AU2008201609B2 (en) | Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (ppar) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitors(s) and treatments for vascular indications | |
EP1911462A2 (en) | Compositions comprising a sterol absorption inhibitor | |
EP1859796A2 (en) | Treatment of xanthoma with azetidinone derivatives as sterol absorption inhibitors | |
EP1864680A2 (en) | Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications | |
NZ539190A (en) | Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- AFTER EXAMINER'S ANSWER OR BOARD OF APPEALS DECISION |